| Chris Lattner | 3d1cee3 | 2008-04-08 05:04:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1 | //===------ SemaDeclCXX.cpp - Semantic Analysis for C++ Declarations ------===// | 
 | 2 | // | 
 | 3 | //                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure | 
 | 4 | // | 
 | 5 | // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source | 
 | 6 | // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. | 
 | 7 | // | 
 | 8 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | 
 | 9 | // | 
 | 10 | //  This file implements semantic analysis for C++ declarations. | 
 | 11 | // | 
 | 12 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | 
 | 13 |  | 
 | 14 | #include "Sema.h" | 
| Douglas Gregor | 7ad8390 | 2008-11-05 04:29:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 15 | #include "SemaInherit.h" | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | a4755c6 | 2008-08-09 00:58:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 16 | #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h" | 
| Douglas Gregor | e37ac4f | 2008-04-13 21:30:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 17 | #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" | 
| Anders Carlsson | 8211eff | 2009-03-24 01:19:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 18 | #include "clang/AST/DeclVisitor.h" | 
| Douglas Gregor | 0218936 | 2008-10-22 21:13:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 19 | #include "clang/AST/TypeOrdering.h" | 
| Chris Lattner | 8123a95 | 2008-04-10 02:22:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 20 | #include "clang/AST/StmtVisitor.h" | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 06ad1f5 | 2008-10-06 18:37:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 21 | #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" | 
| Daniel Dunbar | 12bc692 | 2008-08-11 03:27:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 22 | #include "clang/Parse/DeclSpec.h" | 
| Douglas Gregor | 3fc749d | 2008-12-23 00:26:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 23 | #include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h" | 
| Chris Lattner | 8123a95 | 2008-04-10 02:22:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 24 | #include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h" | 
| Douglas Gregor | 8e9bebd | 2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 25 | #include <algorithm> // for std::equal | 
| Douglas Gregor | f8268ae | 2008-10-22 17:49:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 26 | #include <map> | 
| Chris Lattner | 3d1cee3 | 2008-04-08 05:04:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 27 |  | 
 | 28 | using namespace clang; | 
 | 29 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 8123a95 | 2008-04-10 02:22:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 30 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | 
 | 31 | // CheckDefaultArgumentVisitor | 
 | 32 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | 
 | 33 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 9e97955 | 2008-04-12 23:52:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 34 | namespace { | 
 | 35 |   /// CheckDefaultArgumentVisitor - C++ [dcl.fct.default] Traverses | 
 | 36 |   /// the default argument of a parameter to determine whether it | 
 | 37 |   /// contains any ill-formed subexpressions. For example, this will | 
 | 38 |   /// diagnose the use of local variables or parameters within the | 
 | 39 |   /// default argument expression. | 
 | 40 |   class VISIBILITY_HIDDEN CheckDefaultArgumentVisitor  | 
| Chris Lattner | b77792e | 2008-07-26 22:17:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 41 |     : public StmtVisitor<CheckDefaultArgumentVisitor, bool> { | 
| Chris Lattner | 9e97955 | 2008-04-12 23:52:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 42 |     Expr *DefaultArg; | 
 | 43 |     Sema *S; | 
| Chris Lattner | 8123a95 | 2008-04-10 02:22:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 44 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 9e97955 | 2008-04-12 23:52:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 45 |   public: | 
 | 46 |     CheckDefaultArgumentVisitor(Expr *defarg, Sema *s)  | 
 | 47 |       : DefaultArg(defarg), S(s) {} | 
| Chris Lattner | 8123a95 | 2008-04-10 02:22:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 48 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 9e97955 | 2008-04-12 23:52:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 49 |     bool VisitExpr(Expr *Node); | 
 | 50 |     bool VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 796da18 | 2008-11-04 14:32:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 51 |     bool VisitCXXThisExpr(CXXThisExpr *ThisE); | 
| Chris Lattner | 9e97955 | 2008-04-12 23:52:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 52 |   }; | 
| Chris Lattner | 8123a95 | 2008-04-10 02:22:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 53 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 9e97955 | 2008-04-12 23:52:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 54 |   /// VisitExpr - Visit all of the children of this expression. | 
 | 55 |   bool CheckDefaultArgumentVisitor::VisitExpr(Expr *Node) { | 
 | 56 |     bool IsInvalid = false; | 
| Chris Lattner | b77792e | 2008-07-26 22:17:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 57 |     for (Stmt::child_iterator I = Node->child_begin(),  | 
 | 58 |          E = Node->child_end(); I != E; ++I) | 
 | 59 |       IsInvalid |= Visit(*I); | 
| Chris Lattner | 9e97955 | 2008-04-12 23:52:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 60 |     return IsInvalid; | 
| Chris Lattner | 8123a95 | 2008-04-10 02:22:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 61 |   } | 
 | 62 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 9e97955 | 2008-04-12 23:52:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 63 |   /// VisitDeclRefExpr - Visit a reference to a declaration, to | 
 | 64 |   /// determine whether this declaration can be used in the default | 
 | 65 |   /// argument expression. | 
 | 66 |   bool CheckDefaultArgumentVisitor::VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | 8e9bebd | 2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 67 |     NamedDecl *Decl = DRE->getDecl(); | 
| Chris Lattner | 9e97955 | 2008-04-12 23:52:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 68 |     if (ParmVarDecl *Param = dyn_cast<ParmVarDecl>(Decl)) { | 
 | 69 |       // C++ [dcl.fct.default]p9 | 
 | 70 |       //   Default arguments are evaluated each time the function is | 
 | 71 |       //   called. The order of evaluation of function arguments is | 
 | 72 |       //   unspecified. Consequently, parameters of a function shall not | 
 | 73 |       //   be used in default argument expressions, even if they are not | 
 | 74 |       //   evaluated. Parameters of a function declared before a default | 
 | 75 |       //   argument expression are in scope and can hide namespace and | 
 | 76 |       //   class member names. | 
 | 77 |       return S->Diag(DRE->getSourceRange().getBegin(),  | 
| Chris Lattner | fa25bbb | 2008-11-19 05:08:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 78 |                      diag::err_param_default_argument_references_param) | 
| Chris Lattner | 08631c5 | 2008-11-23 21:45:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 79 |          << Param->getDeclName() << DefaultArg->getSourceRange(); | 
| Steve Naroff | 248a753 | 2008-04-15 22:42:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 80 |     } else if (VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Decl)) { | 
| Chris Lattner | 9e97955 | 2008-04-12 23:52:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 81 |       // C++ [dcl.fct.default]p7 | 
 | 82 |       //   Local variables shall not be used in default argument | 
 | 83 |       //   expressions. | 
| Steve Naroff | 248a753 | 2008-04-15 22:42:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 84 |       if (VDecl->isBlockVarDecl()) | 
 | 85 |         return S->Diag(DRE->getSourceRange().getBegin(),  | 
| Chris Lattner | fa25bbb | 2008-11-19 05:08:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 86 |                        diag::err_param_default_argument_references_local) | 
| Chris Lattner | 08631c5 | 2008-11-23 21:45:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 87 |           << VDecl->getDeclName() << DefaultArg->getSourceRange(); | 
| Chris Lattner | 9e97955 | 2008-04-12 23:52:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 88 |     } | 
| Chris Lattner | 8123a95 | 2008-04-10 02:22:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 89 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 3996f23 | 2008-11-04 13:41:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 90 |     return false; | 
 | 91 |   } | 
| Chris Lattner | 9e97955 | 2008-04-12 23:52:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 92 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 796da18 | 2008-11-04 14:32:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 93 |   /// VisitCXXThisExpr - Visit a C++ "this" expression. | 
 | 94 |   bool CheckDefaultArgumentVisitor::VisitCXXThisExpr(CXXThisExpr *ThisE) { | 
 | 95 |     // C++ [dcl.fct.default]p8: | 
 | 96 |     //   The keyword this shall not be used in a default argument of a | 
 | 97 |     //   member function. | 
 | 98 |     return S->Diag(ThisE->getSourceRange().getBegin(), | 
| Chris Lattner | fa25bbb | 2008-11-19 05:08:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 99 |                    diag::err_param_default_argument_references_this) | 
 | 100 |                << ThisE->getSourceRange(); | 
| Chris Lattner | 9e97955 | 2008-04-12 23:52:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 101 |   } | 
| Chris Lattner | 8123a95 | 2008-04-10 02:22:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 102 | } | 
 | 103 |  | 
| Anders Carlsson | ed961f9 | 2009-08-25 02:29:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 104 | bool | 
 | 105 | Sema::SetParamDefaultArgument(ParmVarDecl *Param, ExprArg DefaultArg, | 
 | 106 |                               SourceLocation EqualLoc) | 
 | 107 | { | 
 | 108 |   QualType ParamType = Param->getType(); | 
 | 109 |  | 
 | 110 |   Expr *Arg = (Expr *)DefaultArg.get(); | 
 | 111 |    | 
 | 112 |   // C++ [dcl.fct.default]p5 | 
 | 113 |   //   A default argument expression is implicitly converted (clause | 
 | 114 |   //   4) to the parameter type. The default argument expression has | 
 | 115 |   //   the same semantic constraints as the initializer expression in | 
 | 116 |   //   a declaration of a variable of the parameter type, using the | 
 | 117 |   //   copy-initialization semantics (8.5). | 
 | 118 |   if (CheckInitializerTypes(Arg, ParamType, EqualLoc,  | 
 | 119 |                             Param->getDeclName(), /*DirectInit=*/false)) | 
| Anders Carlsson | 9351c17 | 2009-08-25 03:18:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 120 |     return true; | 
| Anders Carlsson | ed961f9 | 2009-08-25 02:29:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 121 |  | 
 | 122 |   Arg = MaybeCreateCXXExprWithTemporaries(Arg, /*DestroyTemps=*/false); | 
 | 123 |    | 
 | 124 |   // Okay: add the default argument to the parameter | 
 | 125 |   Param->setDefaultArg(Arg); | 
 | 126 |    | 
 | 127 |   DefaultArg.release(); | 
 | 128 |    | 
| Anders Carlsson | 9351c17 | 2009-08-25 03:18:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 129 |   return false; | 
| Anders Carlsson | ed961f9 | 2009-08-25 02:29:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 130 | } | 
 | 131 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 8123a95 | 2008-04-10 02:22:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 132 | /// ActOnParamDefaultArgument - Check whether the default argument | 
 | 133 | /// provided for a function parameter is well-formed. If so, attach it | 
 | 134 | /// to the parameter declaration. | 
| Chris Lattner | 3d1cee3 | 2008-04-08 05:04:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 135 | void | 
| Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 136 | Sema::ActOnParamDefaultArgument(DeclPtrTy param, SourceLocation EqualLoc,  | 
| Sebastian Redl | f53597f | 2009-03-15 17:47:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 137 |                                 ExprArg defarg) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | 4c4f7cb | 2009-06-22 23:20:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 138 |   if (!param || !defarg.get()) | 
 | 139 |     return; | 
 | 140 |    | 
| Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 141 |   ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(param.getAs<Decl>()); | 
| Anders Carlsson | 5e300d1 | 2009-06-12 16:51:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 142 |   UnparsedDefaultArgLocs.erase(Param); | 
 | 143 |  | 
| Anders Carlsson | f1b1d59 | 2009-05-01 19:30:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 144 |   ExprOwningPtr<Expr> DefaultArg(this, defarg.takeAs<Expr>()); | 
| Chris Lattner | 3d1cee3 | 2008-04-08 05:04:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 145 |   QualType ParamType = Param->getType(); | 
 | 146 |  | 
 | 147 |   // Default arguments are only permitted in C++ | 
 | 148 |   if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { | 
| Chris Lattner | fa25bbb | 2008-11-19 05:08:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 149 |     Diag(EqualLoc, diag::err_param_default_argument) | 
 | 150 |       << DefaultArg->getSourceRange(); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 72b505b | 2008-12-16 21:30:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 151 |     Param->setInvalidDecl(); | 
| Chris Lattner | 3d1cee3 | 2008-04-08 05:04:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 152 |     return; | 
 | 153 |   } | 
 | 154 |  | 
| Anders Carlsson | 66e3067 | 2009-08-25 01:02:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 155 |   // Check that the default argument is well-formed | 
 | 156 |   CheckDefaultArgumentVisitor DefaultArgChecker(DefaultArg.get(), this); | 
 | 157 |   if (DefaultArgChecker.Visit(DefaultArg.get())) { | 
 | 158 |     Param->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 | 159 |     return; | 
 | 160 |   } | 
 | 161 |    | 
| Anders Carlsson | ed961f9 | 2009-08-25 02:29:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 162 |   SetParamDefaultArgument(Param, move(DefaultArg), EqualLoc); | 
| Chris Lattner | 3d1cee3 | 2008-04-08 05:04:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 163 | } | 
 | 164 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 61366e9 | 2008-12-24 00:01:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 165 | /// ActOnParamUnparsedDefaultArgument - We've seen a default | 
 | 166 | /// argument for a function parameter, but we can't parse it yet | 
 | 167 | /// because we're inside a class definition. Note that this default | 
 | 168 | /// argument will be parsed later. | 
| Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 169 | void Sema::ActOnParamUnparsedDefaultArgument(DeclPtrTy param,  | 
| Anders Carlsson | 5e300d1 | 2009-06-12 16:51:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 170 |                                              SourceLocation EqualLoc, | 
 | 171 |                                              SourceLocation ArgLoc) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | 4c4f7cb | 2009-06-22 23:20:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 172 |   if (!param) | 
 | 173 |     return; | 
 | 174 |    | 
| Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 175 |   ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(param.getAs<Decl>()); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 61366e9 | 2008-12-24 00:01:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 176 |   if (Param) | 
 | 177 |     Param->setUnparsedDefaultArg(); | 
| Anders Carlsson | 5e300d1 | 2009-06-12 16:51:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 178 |    | 
 | 179 |   UnparsedDefaultArgLocs[Param] = ArgLoc; | 
| Douglas Gregor | 61366e9 | 2008-12-24 00:01:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 180 | } | 
 | 181 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 72b505b | 2008-12-16 21:30:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 182 | /// ActOnParamDefaultArgumentError - Parsing or semantic analysis of | 
 | 183 | /// the default argument for the parameter param failed. | 
| Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 184 | void Sema::ActOnParamDefaultArgumentError(DeclPtrTy param) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | 4c4f7cb | 2009-06-22 23:20:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 185 |   if (!param) | 
 | 186 |     return; | 
 | 187 |    | 
| Anders Carlsson | 5e300d1 | 2009-06-12 16:51:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 188 |   ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(param.getAs<Decl>()); | 
 | 189 |    | 
 | 190 |   Param->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 | 191 |    | 
 | 192 |   UnparsedDefaultArgLocs.erase(Param); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 72b505b | 2008-12-16 21:30:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 193 | } | 
 | 194 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 6d6eb57 | 2008-05-07 04:49:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 195 | /// CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments - Check for any extra default | 
 | 196 | /// arguments in the declarator, which is not a function declaration | 
 | 197 | /// or definition and therefore is not permitted to have default | 
 | 198 | /// arguments. This routine should be invoked for every declarator | 
 | 199 | /// that is not a function declaration or definition. | 
 | 200 | void Sema::CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(Declarator &D) { | 
 | 201 |   // C++ [dcl.fct.default]p3 | 
 | 202 |   //   A default argument expression shall be specified only in the | 
 | 203 |   //   parameter-declaration-clause of a function declaration or in a | 
 | 204 |   //   template-parameter (14.1). It shall not be specified for a | 
 | 205 |   //   parameter pack. If it is specified in a | 
 | 206 |   //   parameter-declaration-clause, it shall not occur within a | 
 | 207 |   //   declarator or abstract-declarator of a parameter-declaration. | 
| Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 208 |   for (unsigned i = 0, e = D.getNumTypeObjects(); i != e; ++i) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | 6d6eb57 | 2008-05-07 04:49:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 209 |     DeclaratorChunk &chunk = D.getTypeObject(i); | 
 | 210 |     if (chunk.Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function) { | 
| Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 211 |       for (unsigned argIdx = 0, e = chunk.Fun.NumArgs; argIdx != e; ++argIdx) { | 
 | 212 |         ParmVarDecl *Param = | 
 | 213 |           cast<ParmVarDecl>(chunk.Fun.ArgInfo[argIdx].Param.getAs<Decl>()); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 61366e9 | 2008-12-24 00:01:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 214 |         if (Param->hasUnparsedDefaultArg()) { | 
 | 215 |           CachedTokens *Toks = chunk.Fun.ArgInfo[argIdx].DefaultArgTokens; | 
| Douglas Gregor | 72b505b | 2008-12-16 21:30:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 216 |           Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_param_default_argument_nonfunc) | 
 | 217 |             << SourceRange((*Toks)[1].getLocation(), Toks->back().getLocation()); | 
 | 218 |           delete Toks; | 
 | 219 |           chunk.Fun.ArgInfo[argIdx].DefaultArgTokens = 0; | 
| Douglas Gregor | 61366e9 | 2008-12-24 00:01:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 220 |         } else if (Param->getDefaultArg()) { | 
 | 221 |           Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_param_default_argument_nonfunc) | 
 | 222 |             << Param->getDefaultArg()->getSourceRange(); | 
 | 223 |           Param->setDefaultArg(0); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 6d6eb57 | 2008-05-07 04:49:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 224 |         } | 
 | 225 |       } | 
 | 226 |     } | 
 | 227 |   } | 
 | 228 | } | 
 | 229 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 3d1cee3 | 2008-04-08 05:04:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 230 | // MergeCXXFunctionDecl - Merge two declarations of the same C++ | 
 | 231 | // function, once we already know that they have the same | 
| Douglas Gregor | cda9c67 | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 232 | // type. Subroutine of MergeFunctionDecl. Returns true if there was an | 
 | 233 | // error, false otherwise. | 
 | 234 | bool Sema::MergeCXXFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old) { | 
 | 235 |   bool Invalid = false; | 
 | 236 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 3d1cee3 | 2008-04-08 05:04:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 237 |   // C++ [dcl.fct.default]p4: | 
 | 238 |   // | 
 | 239 |   //   For non-template functions, default arguments can be added in | 
 | 240 |   //   later declarations of a function in the same | 
 | 241 |   //   scope. Declarations in different scopes have completely | 
 | 242 |   //   distinct sets of default arguments. That is, declarations in | 
 | 243 |   //   inner scopes do not acquire default arguments from | 
 | 244 |   //   declarations in outer scopes, and vice versa. In a given | 
 | 245 |   //   function declaration, all parameters subsequent to a | 
 | 246 |   //   parameter with a default argument shall have default | 
 | 247 |   //   arguments supplied in this or previous declarations. A | 
 | 248 |   //   default argument shall not be redefined by a later | 
 | 249 |   //   declaration (not even to the same value). | 
 | 250 |   for (unsigned p = 0, NumParams = Old->getNumParams(); p < NumParams; ++p) { | 
 | 251 |     ParmVarDecl *OldParam = Old->getParamDecl(p); | 
 | 252 |     ParmVarDecl *NewParam = New->getParamDecl(p); | 
 | 253 |  | 
 | 254 |     if(OldParam->getDefaultArg() && NewParam->getDefaultArg()) { | 
 | 255 |       Diag(NewParam->getLocation(),  | 
| Chris Lattner | fa25bbb | 2008-11-19 05:08:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 256 |            diag::err_param_default_argument_redefinition) | 
 | 257 |         << NewParam->getDefaultArg()->getSourceRange(); | 
| Chris Lattner | 5f4a682 | 2008-11-23 23:12:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 258 |       Diag(OldParam->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); | 
| Douglas Gregor | cda9c67 | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 259 |       Invalid = true; | 
| Chris Lattner | 3d1cee3 | 2008-04-08 05:04:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 260 |     } else if (OldParam->getDefaultArg()) { | 
 | 261 |       // Merge the old default argument into the new parameter | 
 | 262 |       NewParam->setDefaultArg(OldParam->getDefaultArg()); | 
 | 263 |     } | 
 | 264 |   } | 
 | 265 |  | 
| Sebastian Redl | 4994d2d | 2009-07-04 11:39:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 266 |   if (CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec( | 
 | 267 |           Old->getType()->getAsFunctionProtoType(), Old->getLocation(), | 
 | 268 |           New->getType()->getAsFunctionProtoType(), New->getLocation())) { | 
 | 269 |     Invalid = true; | 
 | 270 |   } | 
 | 271 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | cda9c67 | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 272 |   return Invalid; | 
| Chris Lattner | 3d1cee3 | 2008-04-08 05:04:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 273 | } | 
 | 274 |  | 
 | 275 | /// CheckCXXDefaultArguments - Verify that the default arguments for a | 
 | 276 | /// function declaration are well-formed according to C++ | 
 | 277 | /// [dcl.fct.default]. | 
 | 278 | void Sema::CheckCXXDefaultArguments(FunctionDecl *FD) { | 
 | 279 |   unsigned NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); | 
 | 280 |   unsigned p; | 
 | 281 |  | 
 | 282 |   // Find first parameter with a default argument | 
 | 283 |   for (p = 0; p < NumParams; ++p) { | 
 | 284 |     ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(p); | 
| Anders Carlsson | 5f49a0c | 2009-08-25 01:23:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 285 |     if (Param->hasDefaultArg()) | 
| Chris Lattner | 3d1cee3 | 2008-04-08 05:04:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 286 |       break; | 
 | 287 |   } | 
 | 288 |  | 
 | 289 |   // C++ [dcl.fct.default]p4: | 
 | 290 |   //   In a given function declaration, all parameters | 
 | 291 |   //   subsequent to a parameter with a default argument shall | 
 | 292 |   //   have default arguments supplied in this or previous | 
 | 293 |   //   declarations. A default argument shall not be redefined | 
 | 294 |   //   by a later declaration (not even to the same value). | 
 | 295 |   unsigned LastMissingDefaultArg = 0; | 
 | 296 |   for(; p < NumParams; ++p) { | 
 | 297 |     ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(p); | 
| Anders Carlsson | 5f49a0c | 2009-08-25 01:23:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 298 |     if (!Param->hasDefaultArg()) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | 72b505b | 2008-12-16 21:30:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 299 |       if (Param->isInvalidDecl()) | 
 | 300 |         /* We already complained about this parameter. */; | 
 | 301 |       else if (Param->getIdentifier()) | 
| Chris Lattner | 3d1cee3 | 2008-04-08 05:04:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 302 |         Diag(Param->getLocation(),  | 
| Chris Lattner | fa25bbb | 2008-11-19 05:08:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 303 |              diag::err_param_default_argument_missing_name) | 
| Chris Lattner | 43b628c | 2008-11-19 07:32:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 304 |           << Param->getIdentifier(); | 
| Chris Lattner | 3d1cee3 | 2008-04-08 05:04:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 305 |       else | 
 | 306 |         Diag(Param->getLocation(),  | 
 | 307 |              diag::err_param_default_argument_missing); | 
 | 308 |      | 
 | 309 |       LastMissingDefaultArg = p; | 
 | 310 |     } | 
 | 311 |   } | 
 | 312 |  | 
 | 313 |   if (LastMissingDefaultArg > 0) { | 
 | 314 |     // Some default arguments were missing. Clear out all of the | 
 | 315 |     // default arguments up to (and including) the last missing | 
 | 316 |     // default argument, so that we leave the function parameters | 
 | 317 |     // in a semantically valid state. | 
 | 318 |     for (p = 0; p <= LastMissingDefaultArg; ++p) { | 
 | 319 |       ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(p); | 
| Anders Carlsson | 5e300d1 | 2009-06-12 16:51:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 320 |       if (Param->hasDefaultArg()) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | 61366e9 | 2008-12-24 00:01:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 321 |         if (!Param->hasUnparsedDefaultArg()) | 
 | 322 |           Param->getDefaultArg()->Destroy(Context); | 
| Chris Lattner | 3d1cee3 | 2008-04-08 05:04:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 323 |         Param->setDefaultArg(0); | 
 | 324 |       } | 
 | 325 |     } | 
 | 326 |   } | 
 | 327 | } | 
| Douglas Gregor | e37ac4f | 2008-04-13 21:30:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 328 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | b48fe38 | 2008-10-31 09:07:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 329 | /// isCurrentClassName - Determine whether the identifier II is the | 
 | 330 | /// name of the class type currently being defined. In the case of | 
 | 331 | /// nested classes, this will only return true if II is the name of | 
 | 332 | /// the innermost class. | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | eb83ecd | 2008-11-08 16:45:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 333 | bool Sema::isCurrentClassName(const IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *, | 
 | 334 |                               const CXXScopeSpec *SS) { | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | ef6e647 | 2008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 335 |   CXXRecordDecl *CurDecl; | 
| Douglas Gregor | e4e5b05 | 2009-03-19 00:18:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 336 |   if (SS && SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid()) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | ac373c4 | 2009-08-21 22:16:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 337 |     DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, true); | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | ef6e647 | 2008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 338 |     CurDecl = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); | 
 | 339 |   } else | 
 | 340 |     CurDecl = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); | 
 | 341 |  | 
 | 342 |   if (CurDecl) | 
| Douglas Gregor | b48fe38 | 2008-10-31 09:07:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 343 |     return &II == CurDecl->getIdentifier(); | 
 | 344 |   else | 
 | 345 |     return false; | 
 | 346 | } | 
 | 347 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 2943aed | 2009-03-03 04:44:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 348 | /// \brief Check the validity of a C++ base class specifier.  | 
 | 349 | /// | 
 | 350 | /// \returns a new CXXBaseSpecifier if well-formed, emits diagnostics | 
 | 351 | /// and returns NULL otherwise. | 
 | 352 | CXXBaseSpecifier * | 
 | 353 | Sema::CheckBaseSpecifier(CXXRecordDecl *Class, | 
 | 354 |                          SourceRange SpecifierRange, | 
 | 355 |                          bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access, | 
 | 356 |                          QualType BaseType,  | 
 | 357 |                          SourceLocation BaseLoc) { | 
 | 358 |   // C++ [class.union]p1: | 
 | 359 |   //   A union shall not have base classes. | 
 | 360 |   if (Class->isUnion()) { | 
 | 361 |     Diag(Class->getLocation(), diag::err_base_clause_on_union) | 
 | 362 |       << SpecifierRange; | 
 | 363 |     return 0; | 
 | 364 |   } | 
 | 365 |  | 
 | 366 |   if (BaseType->isDependentType()) | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 71c6e71 | 2009-07-22 17:41:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 367 |     return new (Context) CXXBaseSpecifier(SpecifierRange, Virtual,  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 2943aed | 2009-03-03 04:44:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 368 |                                 Class->getTagKind() == RecordDecl::TK_class, | 
 | 369 |                                 Access, BaseType); | 
 | 370 |  | 
 | 371 |   // Base specifiers must be record types. | 
 | 372 |   if (!BaseType->isRecordType()) { | 
 | 373 |     Diag(BaseLoc, diag::err_base_must_be_class) << SpecifierRange; | 
 | 374 |     return 0; | 
 | 375 |   } | 
 | 376 |  | 
 | 377 |   // C++ [class.union]p1: | 
 | 378 |   //   A union shall not be used as a base class. | 
 | 379 |   if (BaseType->isUnionType()) { | 
 | 380 |     Diag(BaseLoc, diag::err_union_as_base_class) << SpecifierRange; | 
 | 381 |     return 0; | 
 | 382 |   } | 
 | 383 |  | 
 | 384 |   // C++ [class.derived]p2: | 
 | 385 |   //   The class-name in a base-specifier shall not be an incompletely | 
 | 386 |   //   defined class. | 
| Douglas Gregor | 86447ec | 2009-03-09 16:13:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 387 |   if (RequireCompleteType(BaseLoc, BaseType, diag::err_incomplete_base_class, | 
| Douglas Gregor | 26dce44 | 2009-03-10 00:06:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 388 |                           SpecifierRange)) | 
| Douglas Gregor | 2943aed | 2009-03-03 04:44:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 389 |     return 0; | 
 | 390 |  | 
| Eli Friedman | 1d954f6 | 2009-08-15 21:55:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 391 |   // If the base class is polymorphic or isn't empty, the new one is/isn't, too. | 
| Ted Kremenek | 6217b80 | 2009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 392 |   RecordDecl *BaseDecl = BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 2943aed | 2009-03-03 04:44:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 393 |   assert(BaseDecl && "Record type has no declaration"); | 
 | 394 |   BaseDecl = BaseDecl->getDefinition(Context); | 
 | 395 |   assert(BaseDecl && "Base type is not incomplete, but has no definition"); | 
| Eli Friedman | 1d954f6 | 2009-08-15 21:55:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 396 |   CXXRecordDecl * CXXBaseDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseDecl); | 
 | 397 |   assert(CXXBaseDecl && "Base type is not a C++ type"); | 
 | 398 |   if (!CXXBaseDecl->isEmpty()) | 
 | 399 |     Class->setEmpty(false); | 
 | 400 |   if (CXXBaseDecl->isPolymorphic()) | 
| Douglas Gregor | 2943aed | 2009-03-03 04:44:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 401 |     Class->setPolymorphic(true); | 
 | 402 |  | 
 | 403 |   // C++ [dcl.init.aggr]p1: | 
 | 404 |   //   An aggregate is [...] a class with [...] no base classes [...]. | 
 | 405 |   Class->setAggregate(false); | 
 | 406 |   Class->setPOD(false); | 
 | 407 |  | 
| Anders Carlsson | 347ba89 | 2009-04-16 00:08:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 408 |   if (Virtual) { | 
 | 409 |     // C++ [class.ctor]p5: | 
 | 410 |     //   A constructor is trivial if its class has no virtual base classes. | 
 | 411 |     Class->setHasTrivialConstructor(false); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 1f2023a | 2009-07-22 18:25:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 412 |  | 
 | 413 |     // C++ [class.copy]p6: | 
 | 414 |     //   A copy constructor is trivial if its class has no virtual base classes. | 
 | 415 |     Class->setHasTrivialCopyConstructor(false); | 
 | 416 |  | 
 | 417 |     // C++ [class.copy]p11: | 
 | 418 |     //   A copy assignment operator is trivial if its class has no virtual | 
 | 419 |     //   base classes. | 
 | 420 |     Class->setHasTrivialCopyAssignment(false); | 
| Eli Friedman | 1d954f6 | 2009-08-15 21:55:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 421 |  | 
 | 422 |     // C++0x [meta.unary.prop] is_empty: | 
 | 423 |     //    T is a class type, but not a union type, with ... no virtual base | 
 | 424 |     //    classes | 
 | 425 |     Class->setEmpty(false); | 
| Anders Carlsson | 347ba89 | 2009-04-16 00:08:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 426 |   } else { | 
 | 427 |     // C++ [class.ctor]p5: | 
 | 428 |     //   A constructor is trivial if all the direct base classes of its  | 
 | 429 |     //   class have trivial constructors. | 
| Douglas Gregor | 1f2023a | 2009-07-22 18:25:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 430 |     if (!cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseDecl)->hasTrivialConstructor()) | 
 | 431 |       Class->setHasTrivialConstructor(false); | 
 | 432 |  | 
 | 433 |     // C++ [class.copy]p6: | 
 | 434 |     //   A copy constructor is trivial if all the direct base classes of its | 
 | 435 |     //   class have trivial copy constructors. | 
 | 436 |     if (!cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseDecl)->hasTrivialCopyConstructor()) | 
 | 437 |       Class->setHasTrivialCopyConstructor(false); | 
 | 438 |  | 
 | 439 |     // C++ [class.copy]p11: | 
 | 440 |     //   A copy assignment operator is trivial if all the direct base classes | 
 | 441 |     //   of its class have trivial copy assignment operators. | 
 | 442 |     if (!cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseDecl)->hasTrivialCopyAssignment()) | 
 | 443 |       Class->setHasTrivialCopyAssignment(false); | 
| Anders Carlsson | 347ba89 | 2009-04-16 00:08:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 444 |   } | 
| Anders Carlsson | 072abef | 2009-04-17 02:34:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 445 |  | 
 | 446 |   // C++ [class.ctor]p3: | 
 | 447 |   //   A destructor is trivial if all the direct base classes of its class | 
 | 448 |   //   have trivial destructors. | 
| Douglas Gregor | 1f2023a | 2009-07-22 18:25:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 449 |   if (!cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseDecl)->hasTrivialDestructor()) | 
 | 450 |     Class->setHasTrivialDestructor(false); | 
| Anders Carlsson | 347ba89 | 2009-04-16 00:08:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 451 |    | 
| Douglas Gregor | 2943aed | 2009-03-03 04:44:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 452 |   // Create the base specifier. | 
 | 453 |   // FIXME: Allocate via ASTContext? | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 71c6e71 | 2009-07-22 17:41:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 454 |   return new (Context) CXXBaseSpecifier(SpecifierRange, Virtual,  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 2943aed | 2009-03-03 04:44:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 455 |                               Class->getTagKind() == RecordDecl::TK_class,  | 
 | 456 |                               Access, BaseType); | 
 | 457 | } | 
 | 458 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | e37ac4f | 2008-04-13 21:30:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 459 | /// ActOnBaseSpecifier - Parsed a base specifier. A base specifier is | 
 | 460 | /// one entry in the base class list of a class specifier, for | 
 | 461 | /// example:  | 
 | 462 | ///    class foo : public bar, virtual private baz {  | 
 | 463 | /// 'public bar' and 'virtual private baz' are each base-specifiers. | 
| Douglas Gregor | f8268ae | 2008-10-22 17:49:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 464 | Sema::BaseResult  | 
| Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 465 | Sema::ActOnBaseSpecifier(DeclPtrTy classdecl, SourceRange SpecifierRange, | 
| Douglas Gregor | f8268ae | 2008-10-22 17:49:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 466 |                          bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access, | 
 | 467 |                          TypeTy *basetype, SourceLocation BaseLoc) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | 4c4f7cb | 2009-06-22 23:20:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 468 |   if (!classdecl) | 
 | 469 |     return true; | 
 | 470 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 40808ce | 2009-03-09 23:48:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 471 |   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(classdecl); | 
| Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 472 |   CXXRecordDecl *Class = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(classdecl.getAs<Decl>()); | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | e866190 | 2009-08-19 01:28:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 473 |   QualType BaseType = GetTypeFromParser(basetype); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 2943aed | 2009-03-03 04:44:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 474 |   if (CXXBaseSpecifier *BaseSpec = CheckBaseSpecifier(Class, SpecifierRange, | 
 | 475 |                                                       Virtual, Access, | 
 | 476 |                                                       BaseType, BaseLoc)) | 
 | 477 |     return BaseSpec; | 
 | 478 |    | 
 | 479 |   return true; | 
| Douglas Gregor | f8268ae | 2008-10-22 17:49:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 480 | } | 
| Douglas Gregor | e37ac4f | 2008-04-13 21:30:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 481 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 2943aed | 2009-03-03 04:44:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 482 | /// \brief Performs the actual work of attaching the given base class | 
 | 483 | /// specifiers to a C++ class. | 
 | 484 | bool Sema::AttachBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Class, CXXBaseSpecifier **Bases, | 
 | 485 |                                 unsigned NumBases) { | 
 | 486 |  if (NumBases == 0) | 
 | 487 |     return false; | 
| Douglas Gregor | f8268ae | 2008-10-22 17:49:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 488 |  | 
 | 489 |   // Used to keep track of which base types we have already seen, so | 
 | 490 |   // that we can properly diagnose redundant direct base types. Note | 
| Douglas Gregor | 57c856b | 2008-10-23 18:13:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 491 |   // that the key is always the unqualified canonical type of the base | 
 | 492 |   // class. | 
| Douglas Gregor | f8268ae | 2008-10-22 17:49:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 493 |   std::map<QualType, CXXBaseSpecifier*, QualTypeOrdering> KnownBaseTypes; | 
 | 494 |  | 
 | 495 |   // Copy non-redundant base specifiers into permanent storage. | 
| Douglas Gregor | 57c856b | 2008-10-23 18:13:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 496 |   unsigned NumGoodBases = 0; | 
| Douglas Gregor | 2943aed | 2009-03-03 04:44:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 497 |   bool Invalid = false; | 
| Douglas Gregor | 57c856b | 2008-10-23 18:13:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 498 |   for (unsigned idx = 0; idx < NumBases; ++idx) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | f8268ae | 2008-10-22 17:49:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 499 |     QualType NewBaseType  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 2943aed | 2009-03-03 04:44:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 500 |       = Context.getCanonicalType(Bases[idx]->getType()); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 57c856b | 2008-10-23 18:13:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 501 |     NewBaseType = NewBaseType.getUnqualifiedType(); | 
 | 502 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | f8268ae | 2008-10-22 17:49:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 503 |     if (KnownBaseTypes[NewBaseType]) { | 
 | 504 |       // C++ [class.mi]p3: | 
 | 505 |       //   A class shall not be specified as a direct base class of a | 
 | 506 |       //   derived class more than once. | 
| Douglas Gregor | 2943aed | 2009-03-03 04:44:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 507 |       Diag(Bases[idx]->getSourceRange().getBegin(), | 
| Chris Lattner | fa25bbb | 2008-11-19 05:08:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 508 |            diag::err_duplicate_base_class) | 
| Chris Lattner | d162584 | 2008-11-24 06:25:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 509 |         << KnownBaseTypes[NewBaseType]->getType() | 
| Douglas Gregor | 2943aed | 2009-03-03 04:44:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 510 |         << Bases[idx]->getSourceRange(); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 57c856b | 2008-10-23 18:13:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 511 |  | 
 | 512 |       // Delete the duplicate base class specifier; we're going to | 
 | 513 |       // overwrite its pointer later. | 
| Douglas Gregor | 2aef06d | 2009-07-22 20:55:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 514 |       Context.Deallocate(Bases[idx]); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 2943aed | 2009-03-03 04:44:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 515 |  | 
 | 516 |       Invalid = true; | 
| Douglas Gregor | f8268ae | 2008-10-22 17:49:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 517 |     } else { | 
 | 518 |       // Okay, add this new base class. | 
| Douglas Gregor | 2943aed | 2009-03-03 04:44:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 519 |       KnownBaseTypes[NewBaseType] = Bases[idx]; | 
 | 520 |       Bases[NumGoodBases++] = Bases[idx]; | 
| Douglas Gregor | f8268ae | 2008-10-22 17:49:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 521 |     } | 
 | 522 |   } | 
 | 523 |  | 
 | 524 |   // Attach the remaining base class specifiers to the derived class. | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 5ffcd7b | 2009-07-02 18:26:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 525 |   Class->setBases(Context, Bases, NumGoodBases); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 57c856b | 2008-10-23 18:13:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 526 |  | 
 | 527 |   // Delete the remaining (good) base class specifiers, since their | 
 | 528 |   // data has been copied into the CXXRecordDecl. | 
 | 529 |   for (unsigned idx = 0; idx < NumGoodBases; ++idx) | 
| Douglas Gregor | 2aef06d | 2009-07-22 20:55:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 530 |     Context.Deallocate(Bases[idx]); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 2943aed | 2009-03-03 04:44:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 531 |  | 
 | 532 |   return Invalid; | 
 | 533 | } | 
 | 534 |  | 
 | 535 | /// ActOnBaseSpecifiers - Attach the given base specifiers to the | 
 | 536 | /// class, after checking whether there are any duplicate base | 
 | 537 | /// classes. | 
| Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 538 | void Sema::ActOnBaseSpecifiers(DeclPtrTy ClassDecl, BaseTy **Bases,  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 2943aed | 2009-03-03 04:44:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 539 |                                unsigned NumBases) { | 
 | 540 |   if (!ClassDecl || !Bases || !NumBases) | 
 | 541 |     return; | 
 | 542 |  | 
 | 543 |   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(ClassDecl); | 
| Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 544 |   AttachBaseSpecifiers(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(ClassDecl.getAs<Decl>()), | 
| Douglas Gregor | 2943aed | 2009-03-03 04:44:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 545 |                        (CXXBaseSpecifier**)(Bases), NumBases); | 
| Douglas Gregor | e37ac4f | 2008-04-13 21:30:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 546 | } | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 2d1c5d3 | 2008-04-27 13:50:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 547 |  | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 0795232 | 2008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 548 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | 
 | 549 | // C++ class member Handling | 
 | 550 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | 
 | 551 |  | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 0795232 | 2008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 552 | /// ActOnCXXMemberDeclarator - This is invoked when a C++ class member | 
 | 553 | /// declarator is parsed. 'AS' is the access specifier, 'BW' specifies the | 
 | 554 | /// bitfield width if there is one and 'InitExpr' specifies the initializer if | 
| Chris Lattner | b6688e0 | 2009-04-12 22:37:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 555 | /// any. | 
| Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 556 | Sema::DeclPtrTy | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 0795232 | 2008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 557 | Sema::ActOnCXXMemberDeclarator(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, Declarator &D, | 
| Douglas Gregor | 37b372b | 2009-08-20 22:52:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 558 |                                MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, | 
| Sebastian Redl | e2b6833 | 2009-04-12 17:16:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 559 |                                ExprTy *BW, ExprTy *InitExpr, bool Deleted) { | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 0795232 | 2008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 560 |   const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec(); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 10bd368 | 2008-11-17 22:58:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 561 |   DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D); | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 0795232 | 2008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 562 |   Expr *BitWidth = static_cast<Expr*>(BW); | 
 | 563 |   Expr *Init = static_cast<Expr*>(InitExpr); | 
 | 564 |   SourceLocation Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); | 
 | 565 |  | 
| Sebastian Redl | 669d5d7 | 2008-11-14 23:42:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 566 |   bool isFunc = D.isFunctionDeclarator(); | 
 | 567 |  | 
| John McCall | 67d1a67 | 2009-08-06 02:15:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 568 |   assert(!DS.isFriendSpecified()); | 
 | 569 |  | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 0795232 | 2008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 570 |   // C++ 9.2p6: A member shall not be declared to have automatic storage | 
 | 571 |   // duration (auto, register) or with the extern storage-class-specifier. | 
| Sebastian Redl | 669d5d7 | 2008-11-14 23:42:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 572 |   // C++ 7.1.1p8: The mutable specifier can be applied only to names of class | 
 | 573 |   // data members and cannot be applied to names declared const or static, | 
 | 574 |   // and cannot be applied to reference members. | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 0795232 | 2008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 575 |   switch (DS.getStorageClassSpec()) { | 
 | 576 |     case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: | 
 | 577 |     case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: | 
 | 578 |     case DeclSpec::SCS_static: | 
 | 579 |       // FALL THROUGH. | 
 | 580 |       break; | 
| Sebastian Redl | 669d5d7 | 2008-11-14 23:42:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 581 |     case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: | 
 | 582 |       if (isFunc) { | 
 | 583 |         if (DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid()) | 
| Chris Lattner | fa25bbb | 2008-11-19 05:08:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 584 |           Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_mutable_function); | 
| Sebastian Redl | 669d5d7 | 2008-11-14 23:42:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 585 |         else | 
| Chris Lattner | fa25bbb | 2008-11-19 05:08:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 586 |           Diag(DS.getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_mutable_function); | 
 | 587 |          | 
| Sebastian Redl | a11f42f | 2008-11-17 23:24:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 588 |         // FIXME: It would be nicer if the keyword was ignored only for this | 
 | 589 |         // declarator. Otherwise we could get follow-up errors. | 
| Sebastian Redl | 669d5d7 | 2008-11-14 23:42:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 590 |         D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); | 
 | 591 |       } else { | 
 | 592 |         QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); | 
 | 593 |         diag::kind err = static_cast<diag::kind>(0); | 
 | 594 |         if (T->isReferenceType()) | 
 | 595 |           err = diag::err_mutable_reference; | 
 | 596 |         else if (T.isConstQualified()) | 
 | 597 |           err = diag::err_mutable_const; | 
 | 598 |         if (err != 0) { | 
 | 599 |           if (DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid()) | 
 | 600 |             Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), err); | 
 | 601 |           else | 
 | 602 |             Diag(DS.getThreadSpecLoc(), err); | 
| Sebastian Redl | a11f42f | 2008-11-17 23:24:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 603 |           // FIXME: It would be nicer if the keyword was ignored only for this | 
 | 604 |           // declarator. Otherwise we could get follow-up errors. | 
| Sebastian Redl | 669d5d7 | 2008-11-14 23:42:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 605 |           D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); | 
 | 606 |         } | 
 | 607 |       } | 
 | 608 |       break; | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 0795232 | 2008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 609 |     default: | 
 | 610 |       if (DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid()) | 
 | 611 |         Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), | 
 | 612 |              diag::err_storageclass_invalid_for_member); | 
 | 613 |       else | 
 | 614 |         Diag(DS.getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_storageclass_invalid_for_member); | 
 | 615 |       D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); | 
 | 616 |   } | 
 | 617 |  | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | d6caa9e | 2008-10-15 20:23:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 618 |   if (!isFunc && | 
| Douglas Gregor | 1a51b4a | 2009-02-09 15:09:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 619 |       D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename && | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | d6caa9e | 2008-10-15 20:23:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 620 |       D.getNumTypeObjects() == 0) { | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | de933f0 | 2008-10-08 22:20:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 621 |     // Check also for this case: | 
 | 622 |     // | 
 | 623 |     // typedef int f(); | 
 | 624 |     // f a; | 
 | 625 |     // | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | e866190 | 2009-08-19 01:28:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 626 |     QualType TDType = GetTypeFromParser(DS.getTypeRep()); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 1a51b4a | 2009-02-09 15:09:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 627 |     isFunc = TDType->isFunctionType(); | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | de933f0 | 2008-10-08 22:20:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 628 |   } | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 0795232 | 2008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 629 |  | 
| Sebastian Redl | 669d5d7 | 2008-11-14 23:42:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 630 |   bool isInstField = ((DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified || | 
 | 631 |                        DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) && | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | de933f0 | 2008-10-08 22:20:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 632 |                       !isFunc); | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 0795232 | 2008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 633 |  | 
 | 634 |   Decl *Member; | 
| Chris Lattner | 2479366 | 2009-03-05 22:45:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 635 |   if (isInstField) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | 37b372b | 2009-08-20 22:52:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 636 |     // FIXME: Check for template parameters! | 
| Douglas Gregor | 4dd55f5 | 2009-03-11 20:50:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 637 |     Member = HandleField(S, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext), Loc, D, BitWidth, | 
 | 638 |                          AS); | 
| Chris Lattner | 6f8ce14 | 2009-03-05 23:03:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 639 |     assert(Member && "HandleField never returns null"); | 
| Chris Lattner | 2479366 | 2009-03-05 22:45:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 640 |   } else { | 
| Douglas Gregor | 37b372b | 2009-08-20 22:52:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 641 |     Member = HandleDeclarator(S, D, move(TemplateParameterLists), false) | 
 | 642 |                .getAs<Decl>(); | 
| Chris Lattner | 6f8ce14 | 2009-03-05 23:03:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 643 |     if (!Member) { | 
 | 644 |       if (BitWidth) DeleteExpr(BitWidth); | 
| Chris Lattner | 682bf92 | 2009-03-29 16:50:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 645 |       return DeclPtrTy(); | 
| Chris Lattner | 6f8ce14 | 2009-03-05 23:03:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 646 |     } | 
| Chris Lattner | 8b963ef | 2009-03-05 23:01:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 647 |  | 
 | 648 |     // Non-instance-fields can't have a bitfield. | 
 | 649 |     if (BitWidth) { | 
 | 650 |       if (Member->isInvalidDecl()) { | 
 | 651 |         // don't emit another diagnostic. | 
| Douglas Gregor | 2d2e9cf | 2009-03-11 20:22:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 652 |       } else if (isa<VarDecl>(Member)) { | 
| Chris Lattner | 8b963ef | 2009-03-05 23:01:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 653 |         // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall not be a static member. | 
 | 654 |         // "static member 'A' cannot be a bit-field" | 
 | 655 |         Diag(Loc, diag::err_static_not_bitfield) | 
 | 656 |           << Name << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); | 
 | 657 |       } else if (isa<TypedefDecl>(Member)) { | 
 | 658 |         // "typedef member 'x' cannot be a bit-field" | 
 | 659 |         Diag(Loc, diag::err_typedef_not_bitfield) | 
 | 660 |           << Name << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); | 
 | 661 |       } else { | 
 | 662 |         // A function typedef ("typedef int f(); f a;"). | 
 | 663 |         // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type. | 
 | 664 |         Diag(Loc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield) | 
| Douglas Gregor | 3cf538d | 2009-03-11 18:59:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 665 |           << Name << cast<ValueDecl>(Member)->getType()  | 
 | 666 |           << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); | 
| Chris Lattner | 8b963ef | 2009-03-05 23:01:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 667 |       } | 
 | 668 |        | 
 | 669 |       DeleteExpr(BitWidth); | 
 | 670 |       BitWidth = 0; | 
 | 671 |       Member->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 | 672 |     } | 
| Douglas Gregor | 4dd55f5 | 2009-03-11 20:50:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 673 |  | 
 | 674 |     Member->setAccess(AS); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 37b372b | 2009-08-20 22:52:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 675 |      | 
 | 676 |     // If we have declared a member function template, set the access of the | 
 | 677 |     // templated declaration as well. | 
 | 678 |     if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(Member)) | 
 | 679 |       FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl()->setAccess(AS); | 
| Chris Lattner | 2479366 | 2009-03-05 22:45:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 680 |   } | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 0795232 | 2008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 681 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 10bd368 | 2008-11-17 22:58:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 682 |   assert((Name || isInstField) && "No identifier for non-field ?"); | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 0795232 | 2008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 683 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 021c3b3 | 2009-03-11 23:00:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 684 |   if (Init) | 
| Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 685 |     AddInitializerToDecl(DeclPtrTy::make(Member), ExprArg(*this, Init), false); | 
| Sebastian Redl | e2b6833 | 2009-04-12 17:16:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 686 |   if (Deleted) // FIXME: Source location is not very good. | 
 | 687 |     SetDeclDeleted(DeclPtrTy::make(Member), D.getSourceRange().getBegin()); | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 0795232 | 2008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 688 |  | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 0795232 | 2008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 689 |   if (isInstField) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | 44b4321 | 2008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 690 |     FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Member)); | 
| Chris Lattner | 682bf92 | 2009-03-29 16:50:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 691 |     return DeclPtrTy(); | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 0795232 | 2008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 692 |   } | 
| Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 693 |   return DeclPtrTy::make(Member); | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 0795232 | 2008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 694 | } | 
 | 695 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 7ad8390 | 2008-11-05 04:29:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 696 | /// ActOnMemInitializer - Handle a C++ member initializer. | 
 | 697 | Sema::MemInitResult  | 
| Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 698 | Sema::ActOnMemInitializer(DeclPtrTy ConstructorD, | 
| Douglas Gregor | 7ad8390 | 2008-11-05 04:29:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 699 |                           Scope *S, | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | bcfad54 | 2009-06-30 23:26:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 700 |                           const CXXScopeSpec &SS, | 
| Douglas Gregor | 7ad8390 | 2008-11-05 04:29:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 701 |                           IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase, | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 9617433 | 2009-07-01 19:21:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 702 |                           TypeTy *TemplateTypeTy, | 
| Douglas Gregor | 7ad8390 | 2008-11-05 04:29:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 703 |                           SourceLocation IdLoc, | 
 | 704 |                           SourceLocation LParenLoc, | 
 | 705 |                           ExprTy **Args, unsigned NumArgs, | 
 | 706 |                           SourceLocation *CommaLocs, | 
 | 707 |                           SourceLocation RParenLoc) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | 4c4f7cb | 2009-06-22 23:20:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 708 |   if (!ConstructorD) | 
 | 709 |     return true; | 
 | 710 |    | 
| Douglas Gregor | efd5bda | 2009-08-24 11:57:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 711 |   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(ConstructorD); | 
 | 712 |    | 
| Douglas Gregor | 7ad8390 | 2008-11-05 04:29:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 713 |   CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor  | 
| Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 714 |     = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(ConstructorD.getAs<Decl>()); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 7ad8390 | 2008-11-05 04:29:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 715 |   if (!Constructor) { | 
 | 716 |     // The user wrote a constructor initializer on a function that is | 
 | 717 |     // not a C++ constructor. Ignore the error for now, because we may | 
 | 718 |     // have more member initializers coming; we'll diagnose it just | 
 | 719 |     // once in ActOnMemInitializers. | 
 | 720 |     return true; | 
 | 721 |   } | 
 | 722 |  | 
 | 723 |   CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl = Constructor->getParent(); | 
 | 724 |  | 
 | 725 |   // C++ [class.base.init]p2: | 
 | 726 |   //   Names in a mem-initializer-id are looked up in the scope of the | 
 | 727 |   //   constructor’s class and, if not found in that scope, are looked | 
 | 728 |   //   up in the scope containing the constructor’s | 
 | 729 |   //   definition. [Note: if the constructor’s class contains a member | 
 | 730 |   //   with the same name as a direct or virtual base class of the | 
 | 731 |   //   class, a mem-initializer-id naming the member or base class and | 
 | 732 |   //   composed of a single identifier refers to the class member. A | 
 | 733 |   //   mem-initializer-id for the hidden base class may be specified | 
 | 734 |   //   using a qualified name. ] | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 9617433 | 2009-07-01 19:21:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 735 |   if (!SS.getScopeRep() && !TemplateTypeTy) { | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | bcfad54 | 2009-06-30 23:26:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 736 |     // Look for a member, first. | 
 | 737 |     FieldDecl *Member = 0; | 
 | 738 |     DeclContext::lookup_result Result  | 
 | 739 |       = ClassDecl->lookup(MemberOrBase); | 
 | 740 |     if (Result.first != Result.second) | 
 | 741 |       Member = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(*Result.first); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 7ad8390 | 2008-11-05 04:29:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 742 |  | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | bcfad54 | 2009-06-30 23:26:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 743 |     // FIXME: Handle members of an anonymous union. | 
| Douglas Gregor | 7ad8390 | 2008-11-05 04:29:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 744 |  | 
| Eli Friedman | 59c0437 | 2009-07-29 19:44:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 745 |     if (Member) | 
 | 746 |       return BuildMemberInitializer(Member, (Expr**)Args, NumArgs, IdLoc, | 
 | 747 |                                     RParenLoc); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 7ad8390 | 2008-11-05 04:29:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 748 |   } | 
| Douglas Gregor | 7ad8390 | 2008-11-05 04:29:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 749 |   // It didn't name a member, so see if it names a class. | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 9617433 | 2009-07-01 19:21:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 750 |   TypeTy *BaseTy = TemplateTypeTy ? TemplateTypeTy  | 
 | 751 |                      : getTypeName(*MemberOrBase, IdLoc, S, &SS); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 7ad8390 | 2008-11-05 04:29:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 752 |   if (!BaseTy) | 
| Chris Lattner | 3c73c41 | 2008-11-19 08:23:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 753 |     return Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_mem_init_not_member_or_class) | 
 | 754 |       << MemberOrBase << SourceRange(IdLoc, RParenLoc); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 7ad8390 | 2008-11-05 04:29:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 755 |    | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | e866190 | 2009-08-19 01:28:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 756 |   QualType BaseType = GetTypeFromParser(BaseTy); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 7ad8390 | 2008-11-05 04:29:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 757 |  | 
| Eli Friedman | 59c0437 | 2009-07-29 19:44:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 758 |   return BuildBaseInitializer(BaseType, (Expr **)Args, NumArgs, IdLoc, | 
 | 759 |                               RParenLoc, ClassDecl); | 
 | 760 | } | 
 | 761 |  | 
 | 762 | Sema::MemInitResult | 
 | 763 | Sema::BuildMemberInitializer(FieldDecl *Member, Expr **Args, | 
 | 764 |                              unsigned NumArgs, SourceLocation IdLoc, | 
 | 765 |                              SourceLocation RParenLoc) { | 
 | 766 |   bool HasDependentArg = false; | 
 | 767 |   for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumArgs; i++) | 
 | 768 |     HasDependentArg |= Args[i]->isTypeDependent(); | 
 | 769 |  | 
 | 770 |   CXXConstructorDecl *C = 0; | 
 | 771 |   QualType FieldType = Member->getType(); | 
 | 772 |   if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsArrayType(FieldType)) | 
 | 773 |     FieldType = Array->getElementType(); | 
 | 774 |   if (FieldType->isDependentType()) { | 
 | 775 |     // Can't check init for dependent type. | 
| Ted Kremenek | 6217b80 | 2009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 776 |   } else if (FieldType->getAs<RecordType>()) { | 
| Eli Friedman | 59c0437 | 2009-07-29 19:44:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 777 |     if (!HasDependentArg) | 
 | 778 |       C = PerformInitializationByConstructor( | 
 | 779 |             FieldType, (Expr **)Args, NumArgs, IdLoc,  | 
 | 780 |             SourceRange(IdLoc, RParenLoc), Member->getDeclName(), IK_Direct); | 
 | 781 |   } else if (NumArgs != 1) { | 
 | 782 |     return Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_mem_initializer_mismatch)  | 
 | 783 |                 << Member->getDeclName() << SourceRange(IdLoc, RParenLoc); | 
 | 784 |   } else if (!HasDependentArg) { | 
 | 785 |     Expr *NewExp = (Expr*)Args[0]; | 
 | 786 |     if (PerformCopyInitialization(NewExp, FieldType, "passing")) | 
 | 787 |       return true; | 
 | 788 |     Args[0] = NewExp; | 
| Douglas Gregor | 7ad8390 | 2008-11-05 04:29:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 789 |   } | 
| Eli Friedman | 59c0437 | 2009-07-29 19:44:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 790 |   // FIXME: Perform direct initialization of the member. | 
 | 791 |   return new (Context) CXXBaseOrMemberInitializer(Member, (Expr **)Args,  | 
 | 792 |                                                   NumArgs, C, IdLoc); | 
 | 793 | } | 
 | 794 |  | 
 | 795 | Sema::MemInitResult | 
 | 796 | Sema::BuildBaseInitializer(QualType BaseType, Expr **Args, | 
 | 797 |                            unsigned NumArgs, SourceLocation IdLoc, | 
 | 798 |                            SourceLocation RParenLoc, CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl) { | 
 | 799 |   bool HasDependentArg = false; | 
 | 800 |   for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumArgs; i++) | 
 | 801 |     HasDependentArg |= Args[i]->isTypeDependent(); | 
 | 802 |  | 
 | 803 |   if (!BaseType->isDependentType()) { | 
 | 804 |     if (!BaseType->isRecordType()) | 
 | 805 |       return Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_base_init_does_not_name_class) | 
 | 806 |         << BaseType << SourceRange(IdLoc, RParenLoc); | 
 | 807 |  | 
 | 808 |     // C++ [class.base.init]p2: | 
 | 809 |     //   [...] Unless the mem-initializer-id names a nonstatic data | 
 | 810 |     //   member of the constructor’s class or a direct or virtual base | 
 | 811 |     //   of that class, the mem-initializer is ill-formed. A | 
 | 812 |     //   mem-initializer-list can initialize a base class using any | 
 | 813 |     //   name that denotes that base class type. | 
 | 814 |      | 
 | 815 |     // First, check for a direct base class. | 
 | 816 |     const CXXBaseSpecifier *DirectBaseSpec = 0; | 
 | 817 |     for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator Base = | 
 | 818 |          ClassDecl->bases_begin(); Base != ClassDecl->bases_end(); ++Base) { | 
 | 819 |       if (Context.getCanonicalType(BaseType).getUnqualifiedType() ==  | 
 | 820 |           Context.getCanonicalType(Base->getType()).getUnqualifiedType()) { | 
 | 821 |         // We found a direct base of this type. That's what we're | 
 | 822 |         // initializing. | 
 | 823 |         DirectBaseSpec = &*Base; | 
 | 824 |         break; | 
 | 825 |       } | 
 | 826 |     } | 
 | 827 |      | 
 | 828 |     // Check for a virtual base class. | 
 | 829 |     // FIXME: We might be able to short-circuit this if we know in advance that | 
 | 830 |     // there are no virtual bases. | 
 | 831 |     const CXXBaseSpecifier *VirtualBaseSpec = 0; | 
 | 832 |     if (!DirectBaseSpec || !DirectBaseSpec->isVirtual()) { | 
 | 833 |       // We haven't found a base yet; search the class hierarchy for a | 
 | 834 |       // virtual base class. | 
 | 835 |       BasePaths Paths(/*FindAmbiguities=*/true, /*RecordPaths=*/true, | 
 | 836 |                       /*DetectVirtual=*/false); | 
 | 837 |       if (IsDerivedFrom(Context.getTypeDeclType(ClassDecl), BaseType, Paths)) { | 
 | 838 |         for (BasePaths::paths_iterator Path = Paths.begin();  | 
 | 839 |              Path != Paths.end(); ++Path) { | 
 | 840 |           if (Path->back().Base->isVirtual()) { | 
 | 841 |             VirtualBaseSpec = Path->back().Base; | 
 | 842 |             break; | 
 | 843 |           } | 
| Douglas Gregor | 7ad8390 | 2008-11-05 04:29:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 844 |         } | 
 | 845 |       } | 
 | 846 |     } | 
| Eli Friedman | 59c0437 | 2009-07-29 19:44:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 847 |  | 
 | 848 |     // C++ [base.class.init]p2: | 
 | 849 |     //   If a mem-initializer-id is ambiguous because it designates both | 
 | 850 |     //   a direct non-virtual base class and an inherited virtual base | 
 | 851 |     //   class, the mem-initializer is ill-formed. | 
 | 852 |     if (DirectBaseSpec && VirtualBaseSpec) | 
 | 853 |       return Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_base_init_direct_and_virtual) | 
 | 854 |         << BaseType << SourceRange(IdLoc, RParenLoc); | 
 | 855 |     // C++ [base.class.init]p2: | 
 | 856 |     // Unless the mem-initializer-id names a nonstatic data membeer of the | 
 | 857 |     // constructor's class ot a direst or virtual base of that class, the | 
 | 858 |     // mem-initializer is ill-formed. | 
 | 859 |     if (!DirectBaseSpec && !VirtualBaseSpec) | 
 | 860 |       return Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_not_direct_base_or_virtual) | 
 | 861 |       << BaseType << ClassDecl->getNameAsCString() | 
 | 862 |       << SourceRange(IdLoc, RParenLoc); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 7ad8390 | 2008-11-05 04:29:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 863 |   } | 
 | 864 |  | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | d7b27e1 | 2009-07-23 00:42:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 865 |   CXXConstructorDecl *C = 0; | 
| Eli Friedman | 59c0437 | 2009-07-29 19:44:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 866 |   if (!BaseType->isDependentType() && !HasDependentArg) { | 
 | 867 |     DeclarationName Name = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( | 
 | 868 |                                             Context.getCanonicalType(BaseType)); | 
 | 869 |     C = PerformInitializationByConstructor(BaseType, (Expr **)Args, NumArgs, | 
 | 870 |                                            IdLoc, SourceRange(IdLoc, RParenLoc),  | 
 | 871 |                                            Name, IK_Direct); | 
 | 872 |   } | 
 | 873 |  | 
 | 874 |   return new (Context) CXXBaseOrMemberInitializer(BaseType, (Expr **)Args,  | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | d7b27e1 | 2009-07-23 00:42:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 875 |                                                   NumArgs, C, IdLoc); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 7ad8390 | 2008-11-05 04:29:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 876 | } | 
 | 877 |  | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 87595e4 | 2009-07-23 23:32:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 878 | void | 
 | 879 | Sema::BuildBaseOrMemberInitializers(ASTContext &C, | 
 | 880 |                                  CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, | 
 | 881 |                                  CXXBaseOrMemberInitializer **Initializers, | 
 | 882 |                                  unsigned NumInitializers | 
 | 883 |                                  ) { | 
 | 884 |   llvm::SmallVector<CXXBaseSpecifier *, 4>Bases; | 
 | 885 |   llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4>Members; | 
 | 886 |    | 
 | 887 |   Constructor->setBaseOrMemberInitializers(C,  | 
 | 888 |                                            Initializers, NumInitializers, | 
 | 889 |                                            Bases, Members); | 
 | 890 |   for (unsigned int i = 0; i < Bases.size(); i++) | 
 | 891 |     Diag(Bases[i]->getSourceRange().getBegin(),  | 
 | 892 |          diag::err_missing_default_constructor) << 0 << Bases[i]->getType(); | 
 | 893 |   for (unsigned int i = 0; i < Members.size(); i++) | 
 | 894 |     Diag(Members[i]->getLocation(), diag::err_missing_default_constructor)  | 
 | 895 |           << 1 << Members[i]->getType(); | 
 | 896 | } | 
 | 897 |  | 
| Eli Friedman | 6347f42 | 2009-07-21 19:28:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 898 | static void *GetKeyForTopLevelField(FieldDecl *Field) { | 
 | 899 |   // For anonymous unions, use the class declaration as the key. | 
| Ted Kremenek | 6217b80 | 2009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 900 |   if (const RecordType *RT = Field->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()) { | 
| Eli Friedman | 6347f42 | 2009-07-21 19:28:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 901 |     if (RT->getDecl()->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) | 
 | 902 |       return static_cast<void *>(RT->getDecl()); | 
 | 903 |   } | 
 | 904 |   return static_cast<void *>(Field); | 
 | 905 | } | 
 | 906 |  | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | e649412 | 2009-08-11 18:49:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 907 | static void *GetKeyForMember(CXXBaseOrMemberInitializer *Member,  | 
 | 908 |                              bool MemberMaybeAnon=false) { | 
| Eli Friedman | 6347f42 | 2009-07-21 19:28:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 909 |   // For fields injected into the class via declaration of an anonymous union, | 
 | 910 |   // use its anonymous union class declaration as the unique key. | 
 | 911 |   if (FieldDecl *Field = Member->getMember()) { | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | e649412 | 2009-08-11 18:49:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 912 |     // After BuildBaseOrMemberInitializers call, Field is the anonymous union | 
 | 913 |     // data member of the class. Data member used in the initializer list is  | 
 | 914 |     // in AnonUnionMember field. | 
 | 915 |     if (MemberMaybeAnon && Field->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) | 
 | 916 |       Field = Member->getAnonUnionMember(); | 
| Eli Friedman | 6347f42 | 2009-07-21 19:28:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 917 |     if (Field->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) { | 
 | 918 |       RecordDecl *RD = cast<RecordDecl>(Field->getDeclContext()); | 
 | 919 |       if (RD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) | 
 | 920 |         return static_cast<void *>(RD); | 
 | 921 |     } | 
 | 922 |     return static_cast<void *>(Field); | 
 | 923 |   } | 
 | 924 |   return static_cast<RecordType *>(Member->getBaseClass()); | 
 | 925 | } | 
 | 926 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 927 | void Sema::ActOnMemInitializers(DeclPtrTy ConstructorDecl,  | 
| Anders Carlsson | a7b3521 | 2009-03-25 02:58:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 928 |                                 SourceLocation ColonLoc, | 
 | 929 |                                 MemInitTy **MemInits, unsigned NumMemInits) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | 4c4f7cb | 2009-06-22 23:20:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 930 |   if (!ConstructorDecl) | 
 | 931 |     return; | 
| Douglas Gregor | efd5bda | 2009-08-24 11:57:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 932 |  | 
 | 933 |   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(ConstructorDecl); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 4c4f7cb | 2009-06-22 23:20:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 934 |    | 
 | 935 |   CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor  | 
 | 936 |     = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(ConstructorDecl.getAs<Decl>()); | 
| Anders Carlsson | a7b3521 | 2009-03-25 02:58:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 937 |    | 
 | 938 |   if (!Constructor) { | 
 | 939 |     Diag(ColonLoc, diag::err_only_constructors_take_base_inits); | 
 | 940 |     return; | 
 | 941 |   } | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 16dbdce | 2009-06-30 00:17:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 942 |   llvm::DenseMap<void*, CXXBaseOrMemberInitializer *>Members; | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 73b85f3 | 2009-07-01 23:35:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 943 |   bool err = false; | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 7881a05 | 2009-06-29 22:33:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 944 |   for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumMemInits; i++) { | 
 | 945 |     CXXBaseOrMemberInitializer *Member =  | 
 | 946 |       static_cast<CXXBaseOrMemberInitializer*>(MemInits[i]); | 
| Eli Friedman | 6347f42 | 2009-07-21 19:28:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 947 |     void *KeyToMember = GetKeyForMember(Member); | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 5ac3dfc | 2009-06-30 21:52:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 948 |     CXXBaseOrMemberInitializer *&PrevMember = Members[KeyToMember]; | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 16dbdce | 2009-06-30 00:17:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 949 |     if (!PrevMember) { | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 47deacf | 2009-06-30 00:02:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 950 |       PrevMember = Member; | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 16dbdce | 2009-06-30 00:17:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 951 |       continue; | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 7881a05 | 2009-06-29 22:33:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 952 |     } | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 16dbdce | 2009-06-30 00:17:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 953 |     if (FieldDecl *Field = Member->getMember()) | 
 | 954 |       Diag(Member->getSourceLocation(),  | 
 | 955 |            diag::error_multiple_mem_initialization) | 
 | 956 |       << Field->getNameAsString(); | 
 | 957 |     else { | 
 | 958 |       Type *BaseClass = Member->getBaseClass(); | 
 | 959 |       assert(BaseClass && "ActOnMemInitializers - neither field or base"); | 
 | 960 |       Diag(Member->getSourceLocation(),   | 
 | 961 |            diag::error_multiple_base_initialization) | 
 | 962 |         << BaseClass->getDesugaredType(true); | 
 | 963 |     } | 
 | 964 |     Diag(PrevMember->getSourceLocation(), diag::note_previous_initializer) | 
 | 965 |       << 0; | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 73b85f3 | 2009-07-01 23:35:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 966 |     err = true; | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 7881a05 | 2009-06-29 22:33:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 967 |   } | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 87595e4 | 2009-07-23 23:32:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 968 |   if (!err) | 
 | 969 |     BuildBaseOrMemberInitializers(Context, Constructor, | 
 | 970 |                       reinterpret_cast<CXXBaseOrMemberInitializer **>(MemInits),  | 
 | 971 |                       NumMemInits); | 
 | 972 |    | 
| Eli Friedman | 6347f42 | 2009-07-21 19:28:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 973 |   if (!err && (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_base_initialized) | 
 | 974 |                != Diagnostic::Ignored || | 
 | 975 |                Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_field_initialized) | 
 | 976 |                != Diagnostic::Ignored)) { | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | eb96e12 | 2009-07-09 19:59:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 977 |     // Also issue warning if order of ctor-initializer list does not match order | 
 | 978 |     // of 1) base class declarations and 2) order of non-static data members. | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | eb96e12 | 2009-07-09 19:59:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 979 |     llvm::SmallVector<const void*, 32> AllBaseOrMembers; | 
 | 980 |      | 
 | 981 |     CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl | 
 | 982 |       = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Constructor->getDeclContext()); | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 40c072f | 2009-07-10 20:13:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 983 |     // Push virtual bases before others. | 
 | 984 |     for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator VBase = | 
 | 985 |          ClassDecl->vbases_begin(), | 
 | 986 |          E = ClassDecl->vbases_end(); VBase != E; ++VBase) | 
| Ted Kremenek | 6217b80 | 2009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 987 |       AllBaseOrMembers.push_back(VBase->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()); | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 40c072f | 2009-07-10 20:13:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 988 |        | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | eb96e12 | 2009-07-09 19:59:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 989 |     for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator Base = ClassDecl->bases_begin(), | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 40c072f | 2009-07-10 20:13:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 990 |          E = ClassDecl->bases_end(); Base != E; ++Base) { | 
 | 991 |       // Virtuals are alread in the virtual base list and are constructed | 
 | 992 |       // first. | 
 | 993 |       if (Base->isVirtual()) | 
 | 994 |         continue; | 
| Ted Kremenek | 6217b80 | 2009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 995 |       AllBaseOrMembers.push_back(Base->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()); | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 40c072f | 2009-07-10 20:13:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 996 |     } | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | eb96e12 | 2009-07-09 19:59:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 997 |      | 
 | 998 |     for (CXXRecordDecl::field_iterator Field = ClassDecl->field_begin(), | 
 | 999 |          E = ClassDecl->field_end(); Field != E; ++Field) | 
| Eli Friedman | 6347f42 | 2009-07-21 19:28:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1000 |       AllBaseOrMembers.push_back(GetKeyForTopLevelField(*Field)); | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | eb96e12 | 2009-07-09 19:59:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1001 |      | 
 | 1002 |     int Last = AllBaseOrMembers.size(); | 
 | 1003 |     int curIndex = 0; | 
 | 1004 |     CXXBaseOrMemberInitializer *PrevMember = 0; | 
 | 1005 |     for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumMemInits; i++) { | 
 | 1006 |       CXXBaseOrMemberInitializer *Member =  | 
 | 1007 |         static_cast<CXXBaseOrMemberInitializer*>(MemInits[i]); | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | e649412 | 2009-08-11 18:49:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1008 |       void *MemberInCtorList = GetKeyForMember(Member, true); | 
| Eli Friedman | 6347f42 | 2009-07-21 19:28:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1009 |  | 
 | 1010 |       for (; curIndex < Last; curIndex++) | 
 | 1011 |         if (MemberInCtorList == AllBaseOrMembers[curIndex]) | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | eb96e12 | 2009-07-09 19:59:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1012 |           break; | 
| Eli Friedman | 6347f42 | 2009-07-21 19:28:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1013 |       if (curIndex == Last) { | 
 | 1014 |         assert(PrevMember && "Member not in member list?!"); | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | eb96e12 | 2009-07-09 19:59:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1015 |         // Initializer as specified in ctor-initializer list is out of order. | 
 | 1016 |         // Issue a warning diagnostic. | 
 | 1017 |         if (PrevMember->isBaseInitializer()) { | 
 | 1018 |           // Diagnostics is for an initialized base class. | 
 | 1019 |           Type *BaseClass = PrevMember->getBaseClass(); | 
 | 1020 |           Diag(PrevMember->getSourceLocation(), | 
 | 1021 |                diag::warn_base_initialized)  | 
 | 1022 |                 << BaseClass->getDesugaredType(true); | 
| Mike Stump | ac5fc7c | 2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1023 |         } else { | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | eb96e12 | 2009-07-09 19:59:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1024 |           FieldDecl *Field = PrevMember->getMember(); | 
 | 1025 |           Diag(PrevMember->getSourceLocation(), | 
 | 1026 |                diag::warn_field_initialized)  | 
 | 1027 |             << Field->getNameAsString(); | 
 | 1028 |         } | 
 | 1029 |         // Also the note! | 
 | 1030 |         if (FieldDecl *Field = Member->getMember()) | 
 | 1031 |           Diag(Member->getSourceLocation(),  | 
 | 1032 |                diag::note_fieldorbase_initialized_here) << 0 | 
 | 1033 |             << Field->getNameAsString(); | 
 | 1034 |         else { | 
 | 1035 |           Type *BaseClass = Member->getBaseClass(); | 
 | 1036 |           Diag(Member->getSourceLocation(),   | 
 | 1037 |                diag::note_fieldorbase_initialized_here) << 1 | 
 | 1038 |             << BaseClass->getDesugaredType(true); | 
 | 1039 |         } | 
| Eli Friedman | 6347f42 | 2009-07-21 19:28:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1040 |         for (curIndex = 0; curIndex < Last; curIndex++) | 
 | 1041 |           if (MemberInCtorList == AllBaseOrMembers[curIndex])  | 
 | 1042 |             break; | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | eb96e12 | 2009-07-09 19:59:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1043 |       } | 
 | 1044 |       PrevMember = Member; | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | eb96e12 | 2009-07-09 19:59:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1045 |     } | 
 | 1046 |   } | 
| Anders Carlsson | a7b3521 | 2009-03-25 02:58:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1047 | } | 
 | 1048 |  | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 393612e | 2009-07-21 22:36:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1049 | void Sema::ActOnDefaultCtorInitializers(DeclPtrTy CDtorDecl) { | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 560de45 | 2009-07-15 22:34:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1050 |   if (!CDtorDecl) | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | d01c915 | 2009-07-14 18:24:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1051 |     return; | 
 | 1052 |    | 
| Douglas Gregor | efd5bda | 2009-08-24 11:57:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1053 |   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(CDtorDecl); | 
 | 1054 |    | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | d01c915 | 2009-07-14 18:24:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1055 |   if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor  | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 560de45 | 2009-07-15 22:34:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1056 |       = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(CDtorDecl.getAs<Decl>())) | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 87595e4 | 2009-07-23 23:32:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1057 |     BuildBaseOrMemberInitializers(Context, | 
 | 1058 |                                      Constructor, | 
 | 1059 |                                      (CXXBaseOrMemberInitializer **)0, 0); | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | d01c915 | 2009-07-14 18:24:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1060 | } | 
 | 1061 |  | 
| Anders Carlsson | 67e4dd2 | 2009-03-22 01:52:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1062 | namespace { | 
 | 1063 |   /// PureVirtualMethodCollector - traverses a class and its superclasses | 
 | 1064 |   /// and determines if it has any pure virtual methods. | 
 | 1065 |   class VISIBILITY_HIDDEN PureVirtualMethodCollector { | 
 | 1066 |     ASTContext &Context; | 
 | 1067 |  | 
| Sebastian Redl | dfe292d | 2009-03-22 21:28:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1068 |   public: | 
| Anders Carlsson | 67e4dd2 | 2009-03-22 01:52:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1069 |     typedef llvm::SmallVector<const CXXMethodDecl*, 8> MethodList; | 
| Sebastian Redl | dfe292d | 2009-03-22 21:28:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1070 |  | 
 | 1071 |   private: | 
| Anders Carlsson | 67e4dd2 | 2009-03-22 01:52:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1072 |     MethodList Methods; | 
 | 1073 |      | 
 | 1074 |     void Collect(const CXXRecordDecl* RD, MethodList& Methods); | 
 | 1075 |      | 
 | 1076 |   public: | 
 | 1077 |     PureVirtualMethodCollector(ASTContext &Ctx, const CXXRecordDecl* RD)  | 
 | 1078 |       : Context(Ctx) { | 
 | 1079 |          | 
 | 1080 |       MethodList List; | 
 | 1081 |       Collect(RD, List); | 
 | 1082 |          | 
 | 1083 |       // Copy the temporary list to methods, and make sure to ignore any | 
 | 1084 |       // null entries. | 
 | 1085 |       for (size_t i = 0, e = List.size(); i != e; ++i) { | 
 | 1086 |         if (List[i]) | 
 | 1087 |           Methods.push_back(List[i]); | 
 | 1088 |       }           | 
 | 1089 |     } | 
 | 1090 |      | 
| Anders Carlsson | 4681ebd | 2009-03-22 20:18:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1091 |     bool empty() const { return Methods.empty(); } | 
 | 1092 |      | 
 | 1093 |     MethodList::const_iterator methods_begin() { return Methods.begin(); } | 
 | 1094 |     MethodList::const_iterator methods_end() { return Methods.end(); } | 
| Anders Carlsson | 67e4dd2 | 2009-03-22 01:52:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1095 |   }; | 
 | 1096 |    | 
 | 1097 |   void PureVirtualMethodCollector::Collect(const CXXRecordDecl* RD,  | 
 | 1098 |                                            MethodList& Methods) { | 
 | 1099 |     // First, collect the pure virtual methods for the base classes. | 
 | 1100 |     for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator Base = RD->bases_begin(), | 
 | 1101 |          BaseEnd = RD->bases_end(); Base != BaseEnd; ++Base) { | 
| Ted Kremenek | 6217b80 | 2009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1102 |       if (const RecordType *RT = Base->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()) { | 
| Chris Lattner | 64540d7 | 2009-03-29 05:01:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1103 |         const CXXRecordDecl *BaseDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); | 
| Anders Carlsson | 67e4dd2 | 2009-03-22 01:52:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1104 |         if (BaseDecl && BaseDecl->isAbstract()) | 
 | 1105 |           Collect(BaseDecl, Methods); | 
 | 1106 |       } | 
 | 1107 |     } | 
 | 1108 |      | 
 | 1109 |     // Next, zero out any pure virtual methods that this class overrides. | 
| Anders Carlsson | 8ff8c22 | 2009-05-17 00:00:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1110 |     typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<const CXXMethodDecl*, 4> MethodSetTy; | 
 | 1111 |    | 
 | 1112 |     MethodSetTy OverriddenMethods; | 
 | 1113 |     size_t MethodsSize = Methods.size(); | 
 | 1114 |  | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 17945a0 | 2009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1115 |     for (RecordDecl::decl_iterator i = RD->decls_begin(), e = RD->decls_end();  | 
| Anders Carlsson | 8ff8c22 | 2009-05-17 00:00:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1116 |          i != e; ++i) { | 
 | 1117 |       // Traverse the record, looking for methods. | 
 | 1118 |       if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*i)) { | 
| Sebastian Redl | 23c7d06 | 2009-07-07 20:29:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1119 |         // If the method is pure virtual, add it to the methods vector. | 
| Anders Carlsson | 8ff8c22 | 2009-05-17 00:00:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1120 |         if (MD->isPure()) { | 
 | 1121 |           Methods.push_back(MD); | 
 | 1122 |           continue; | 
 | 1123 |         } | 
 | 1124 |          | 
 | 1125 |         // Otherwise, record all the overridden methods in our set. | 
 | 1126 |         for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator I = MD->begin_overridden_methods(), | 
 | 1127 |              E = MD->end_overridden_methods(); I != E; ++I) { | 
 | 1128 |           // Keep track of the overridden methods. | 
 | 1129 |           OverriddenMethods.insert(*I); | 
| Anders Carlsson | 67e4dd2 | 2009-03-22 01:52:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1130 |         } | 
 | 1131 |       } | 
 | 1132 |     } | 
 | 1133 |      | 
| Anders Carlsson | 8ff8c22 | 2009-05-17 00:00:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1134 |     // Now go through the methods and zero out all the ones we know are  | 
 | 1135 |     // overridden. | 
 | 1136 |     for (size_t i = 0, e = MethodsSize; i != e; ++i) { | 
 | 1137 |       if (OverriddenMethods.count(Methods[i])) | 
 | 1138 |         Methods[i] = 0; | 
| Anders Carlsson | 67e4dd2 | 2009-03-22 01:52:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1139 |     } | 
| Anders Carlsson | 8ff8c22 | 2009-05-17 00:00:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1140 |      | 
| Anders Carlsson | 67e4dd2 | 2009-03-22 01:52:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1141 |   } | 
 | 1142 | } | 
| Douglas Gregor | 7ad8390 | 2008-11-05 04:29:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1143 |  | 
| Anders Carlsson | 4681ebd | 2009-03-22 20:18:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1144 | bool Sema::RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,  | 
| Anders Carlsson | e65a3c8 | 2009-03-24 17:23:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1145 |                                   unsigned DiagID, AbstractDiagSelID SelID, | 
 | 1146 |                                   const CXXRecordDecl *CurrentRD) { | 
| Anders Carlsson | 4681ebd | 2009-03-22 20:18:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1147 |    | 
 | 1148 |   if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) | 
 | 1149 |     return false; | 
| Anders Carlsson | 11f21a0 | 2009-03-23 19:10:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1150 |    | 
 | 1151 |   if (const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(T)) | 
| Anders Carlsson | e65a3c8 | 2009-03-24 17:23:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1152 |     return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, AT->getElementType(), DiagID, SelID, | 
 | 1153 |                                   CurrentRD); | 
| Anders Carlsson | 5eff73c | 2009-03-24 01:46:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1154 |    | 
| Ted Kremenek | 6217b80 | 2009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1155 |   if (const PointerType *PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()) { | 
| Anders Carlsson | 5eff73c | 2009-03-24 01:46:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1156 |     // Find the innermost pointer type. | 
| Ted Kremenek | 6217b80 | 2009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1157 |     while (const PointerType *T = PT->getPointeeType()->getAs<PointerType>()) | 
| Anders Carlsson | 5eff73c | 2009-03-24 01:46:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1158 |       PT = T; | 
| Anders Carlsson | 4681ebd | 2009-03-22 20:18:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1159 |      | 
| Anders Carlsson | 5eff73c | 2009-03-24 01:46:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1160 |     if (const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(PT->getPointeeType())) | 
| Anders Carlsson | e65a3c8 | 2009-03-24 17:23:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1161 |       return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, AT->getElementType(), DiagID, SelID, | 
 | 1162 |                                     CurrentRD); | 
| Anders Carlsson | 5eff73c | 2009-03-24 01:46:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1163 |   } | 
 | 1164 |    | 
| Ted Kremenek | 6217b80 | 2009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1165 |   const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>(); | 
| Anders Carlsson | 4681ebd | 2009-03-22 20:18:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1166 |   if (!RT) | 
 | 1167 |     return false; | 
 | 1168 |    | 
 | 1169 |   const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); | 
 | 1170 |   if (!RD) | 
 | 1171 |     return false; | 
 | 1172 |  | 
| Anders Carlsson | e65a3c8 | 2009-03-24 17:23:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1173 |   if (CurrentRD && CurrentRD != RD) | 
 | 1174 |     return false; | 
 | 1175 |    | 
| Anders Carlsson | 4681ebd | 2009-03-22 20:18:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1176 |   if (!RD->isAbstract()) | 
 | 1177 |     return false; | 
 | 1178 |    | 
| Anders Carlsson | b9bbe49 | 2009-03-23 17:49:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1179 |   Diag(Loc, DiagID) << RD->getDeclName() << SelID; | 
| Anders Carlsson | 4681ebd | 2009-03-22 20:18:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1180 |    | 
 | 1181 |   // Check if we've already emitted the list of pure virtual functions for this | 
 | 1182 |   // class. | 
 | 1183 |   if (PureVirtualClassDiagSet && PureVirtualClassDiagSet->count(RD)) | 
 | 1184 |     return true; | 
 | 1185 |    | 
 | 1186 |   PureVirtualMethodCollector Collector(Context, RD); | 
 | 1187 |    | 
 | 1188 |   for (PureVirtualMethodCollector::MethodList::const_iterator I =  | 
 | 1189 |        Collector.methods_begin(), E = Collector.methods_end(); I != E; ++I) { | 
 | 1190 |     const CXXMethodDecl *MD = *I; | 
 | 1191 |      | 
 | 1192 |     Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::note_pure_virtual_function) <<  | 
 | 1193 |       MD->getDeclName(); | 
 | 1194 |   } | 
 | 1195 |  | 
 | 1196 |   if (!PureVirtualClassDiagSet) | 
 | 1197 |     PureVirtualClassDiagSet.reset(new RecordDeclSetTy); | 
 | 1198 |   PureVirtualClassDiagSet->insert(RD); | 
 | 1199 |    | 
 | 1200 |   return true; | 
 | 1201 | } | 
 | 1202 |  | 
| Anders Carlsson | 8211eff | 2009-03-24 01:19:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1203 | namespace { | 
 | 1204 |   class VISIBILITY_HIDDEN AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser  | 
 | 1205 |     : public DeclVisitor<AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser, bool> { | 
 | 1206 |     Sema &SemaRef; | 
 | 1207 |     CXXRecordDecl *AbstractClass; | 
 | 1208 |    | 
| Anders Carlsson | e65a3c8 | 2009-03-24 17:23:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1209 |     bool VisitDeclContext(const DeclContext *DC) { | 
| Anders Carlsson | 8211eff | 2009-03-24 01:19:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1210 |       bool Invalid = false; | 
 | 1211 |  | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 17945a0 | 2009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1212 |       for (CXXRecordDecl::decl_iterator I = DC->decls_begin(), | 
 | 1213 |            E = DC->decls_end(); I != E; ++I) | 
| Anders Carlsson | 8211eff | 2009-03-24 01:19:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1214 |         Invalid |= Visit(*I); | 
| Anders Carlsson | e65a3c8 | 2009-03-24 17:23:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1215 |  | 
| Anders Carlsson | 8211eff | 2009-03-24 01:19:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1216 |       return Invalid; | 
 | 1217 |     } | 
| Anders Carlsson | e65a3c8 | 2009-03-24 17:23:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1218 |        | 
 | 1219 |   public: | 
 | 1220 |     AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser(Sema& SemaRef, CXXRecordDecl *ac) | 
 | 1221 |       : SemaRef(SemaRef), AbstractClass(ac) { | 
 | 1222 |         Visit(SemaRef.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()); | 
 | 1223 |     } | 
| Anders Carlsson | 8211eff | 2009-03-24 01:19:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1224 |  | 
| Anders Carlsson | e65a3c8 | 2009-03-24 17:23:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1225 |     bool VisitFunctionDecl(const FunctionDecl *FD) { | 
 | 1226 |       if (FD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { | 
 | 1227 |         // No need to do the check if we're in a definition, because it requires | 
 | 1228 |         // that the return/param types are complete. | 
 | 1229 |         // because that requires  | 
 | 1230 |         return VisitDeclContext(FD); | 
 | 1231 |       } | 
 | 1232 |        | 
 | 1233 |       // Check the return type. | 
 | 1234 |       QualType RTy = FD->getType()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType(); | 
 | 1235 |       bool Invalid =  | 
 | 1236 |         SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType(FD->getLocation(), RTy, | 
 | 1237 |                                        diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, | 
 | 1238 |                                        Sema::AbstractReturnType, | 
 | 1239 |                                        AbstractClass); | 
 | 1240 |  | 
 | 1241 |       for (FunctionDecl::param_const_iterator I = FD->param_begin(),  | 
 | 1242 |            E = FD->param_end(); I != E; ++I) { | 
| Anders Carlsson | 8211eff | 2009-03-24 01:19:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1243 |         const ParmVarDecl *VD = *I; | 
 | 1244 |         Invalid |=  | 
 | 1245 |           SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), | 
 | 1246 |                                          VD->getOriginalType(),  | 
 | 1247 |                                          diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,  | 
| Anders Carlsson | e65a3c8 | 2009-03-24 17:23:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1248 |                                          Sema::AbstractParamType, | 
 | 1249 |                                          AbstractClass); | 
| Anders Carlsson | 8211eff | 2009-03-24 01:19:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1250 |       } | 
 | 1251 |  | 
 | 1252 |       return Invalid; | 
 | 1253 |     } | 
| Anders Carlsson | e65a3c8 | 2009-03-24 17:23:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1254 |      | 
 | 1255 |     bool VisitDecl(const Decl* D) { | 
 | 1256 |       if (const DeclContext *DC = dyn_cast<DeclContext>(D)) | 
 | 1257 |         return VisitDeclContext(DC); | 
 | 1258 |        | 
 | 1259 |       return false; | 
 | 1260 |     } | 
| Anders Carlsson | 8211eff | 2009-03-24 01:19:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1261 |   }; | 
 | 1262 | } | 
 | 1263 |  | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 0795232 | 2008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1264 | void Sema::ActOnFinishCXXMemberSpecification(Scope* S, SourceLocation RLoc, | 
| Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1265 |                                              DeclPtrTy TagDecl, | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 0795232 | 2008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1266 |                                              SourceLocation LBrac, | 
 | 1267 |                                              SourceLocation RBrac) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | 4c4f7cb | 2009-06-22 23:20:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1268 |   if (!TagDecl) | 
 | 1269 |     return; | 
 | 1270 |    | 
| Douglas Gregor | 42af25f | 2009-05-11 19:58:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1271 |   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagDecl); | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 0795232 | 2008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1272 |   ActOnFields(S, RLoc, TagDecl, | 
| Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1273 |               (DeclPtrTy*)FieldCollector->getCurFields(), | 
| Daniel Dunbar | 1bfe1c2 | 2008-10-03 02:03:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1274 |               FieldCollector->getCurNumFields(), LBrac, RBrac, 0); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 2943aed | 2009-03-03 04:44:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1275 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1276 |   CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagDecl.getAs<Decl>()); | 
| Anders Carlsson | 67e4dd2 | 2009-03-22 01:52:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1277 |   if (!RD->isAbstract()) { | 
 | 1278 |     // Collect all the pure virtual methods and see if this is an abstract | 
 | 1279 |     // class after all. | 
 | 1280 |     PureVirtualMethodCollector Collector(Context, RD); | 
 | 1281 |     if (!Collector.empty())  | 
 | 1282 |       RD->setAbstract(true); | 
 | 1283 |   } | 
 | 1284 |    | 
| Anders Carlsson | e65a3c8 | 2009-03-24 17:23:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1285 |   if (RD->isAbstract())  | 
 | 1286 |     AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser(*this, RD); | 
| Anders Carlsson | 8211eff | 2009-03-24 01:19:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1287 |      | 
| Douglas Gregor | 42af25f | 2009-05-11 19:58:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1288 |   if (!RD->isDependentType()) | 
| Anders Carlsson | 67e4dd2 | 2009-03-22 01:52:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1289 |     AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(RD); | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 0795232 | 2008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1290 | } | 
 | 1291 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 396b7cd | 2008-11-03 17:51:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1292 | /// AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass - Adds any implicitly-declared | 
 | 1293 | /// special functions, such as the default constructor, copy | 
 | 1294 | /// constructor, or destructor, to the given C++ class (C++ | 
 | 1295 | /// [special]p1).  This routine can only be executed just before the | 
 | 1296 | /// definition of the class is complete. | 
 | 1297 | void Sema::AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | 50d62d1 | 2009-08-05 05:36:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1298 |   CanQualType ClassType  | 
 | 1299 |     = Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTypeDeclType(ClassDecl)); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 2e1cd42 | 2008-11-17 14:58:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1300 |  | 
| Sebastian Redl | 465226e | 2009-05-27 22:11:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1301 |   // FIXME: Implicit declarations have exception specifications, which are | 
 | 1302 |   // the union of the specifications of the implicitly called functions. | 
 | 1303 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 396b7cd | 2008-11-03 17:51:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1304 |   if (!ClassDecl->hasUserDeclaredConstructor()) { | 
 | 1305 |     // C++ [class.ctor]p5: | 
 | 1306 |     //   A default constructor for a class X is a constructor of class X | 
 | 1307 |     //   that can be called without an argument. If there is no | 
 | 1308 |     //   user-declared constructor for class X, a default constructor is | 
 | 1309 |     //   implicitly declared. An implicitly-declared default constructor | 
 | 1310 |     //   is an inline public member of its class. | 
| Douglas Gregor | 2e1cd42 | 2008-11-17 14:58:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1311 |     DeclarationName Name  | 
 | 1312 |       = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(ClassType); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 396b7cd | 2008-11-03 17:51:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1313 |     CXXConstructorDecl *DefaultCon =  | 
 | 1314 |       CXXConstructorDecl::Create(Context, ClassDecl, | 
| Douglas Gregor | 2e1cd42 | 2008-11-17 14:58:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1315 |                                  ClassDecl->getLocation(), Name, | 
| Douglas Gregor | 396b7cd | 2008-11-03 17:51:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1316 |                                  Context.getFunctionType(Context.VoidTy, | 
 | 1317 |                                                          0, 0, false, 0), | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | a1d5662 | 2009-08-19 01:27:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1318 |                                  /*DInfo=*/0, | 
| Douglas Gregor | 396b7cd | 2008-11-03 17:51:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1319 |                                  /*isExplicit=*/false, | 
 | 1320 |                                  /*isInline=*/true, | 
 | 1321 |                                  /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/true); | 
 | 1322 |     DefaultCon->setAccess(AS_public); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 6b3945f | 2009-01-07 19:46:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1323 |     DefaultCon->setImplicit(); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 1f2023a | 2009-07-22 18:25:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1324 |     DefaultCon->setTrivial(ClassDecl->hasTrivialConstructor()); | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 17945a0 | 2009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1325 |     ClassDecl->addDecl(DefaultCon); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 396b7cd | 2008-11-03 17:51:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1326 |   } | 
 | 1327 |  | 
 | 1328 |   if (!ClassDecl->hasUserDeclaredCopyConstructor()) { | 
 | 1329 |     // C++ [class.copy]p4: | 
 | 1330 |     //   If the class definition does not explicitly declare a copy | 
 | 1331 |     //   constructor, one is declared implicitly. | 
 | 1332 |  | 
 | 1333 |     // C++ [class.copy]p5: | 
 | 1334 |     //   The implicitly-declared copy constructor for a class X will | 
 | 1335 |     //   have the form | 
 | 1336 |     // | 
 | 1337 |     //       X::X(const X&) | 
 | 1338 |     // | 
 | 1339 |     //   if | 
 | 1340 |     bool HasConstCopyConstructor = true; | 
 | 1341 |  | 
 | 1342 |     //     -- each direct or virtual base class B of X has a copy | 
 | 1343 |     //        constructor whose first parameter is of type const B& or | 
 | 1344 |     //        const volatile B&, and | 
 | 1345 |     for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator Base = ClassDecl->bases_begin(); | 
 | 1346 |          HasConstCopyConstructor && Base != ClassDecl->bases_end(); ++Base) { | 
 | 1347 |       const CXXRecordDecl *BaseClassDecl | 
| Ted Kremenek | 6217b80 | 2009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1348 |         = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Base->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 396b7cd | 2008-11-03 17:51:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1349 |       HasConstCopyConstructor  | 
 | 1350 |         = BaseClassDecl->hasConstCopyConstructor(Context); | 
 | 1351 |     } | 
 | 1352 |  | 
 | 1353 |     //     -- for all the nonstatic data members of X that are of a | 
 | 1354 |     //        class type M (or array thereof), each such class type | 
 | 1355 |     //        has a copy constructor whose first parameter is of type | 
 | 1356 |     //        const M& or const volatile M&. | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 17945a0 | 2009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1357 |     for (CXXRecordDecl::field_iterator Field = ClassDecl->field_begin(); | 
 | 1358 |          HasConstCopyConstructor && Field != ClassDecl->field_end(); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 6ab3524 | 2009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1359 |          ++Field) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | 396b7cd | 2008-11-03 17:51:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1360 |       QualType FieldType = (*Field)->getType(); | 
 | 1361 |       if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsArrayType(FieldType)) | 
 | 1362 |         FieldType = Array->getElementType(); | 
| Ted Kremenek | 6217b80 | 2009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1363 |       if (const RecordType *FieldClassType = FieldType->getAs<RecordType>()) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | 396b7cd | 2008-11-03 17:51:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1364 |         const CXXRecordDecl *FieldClassDecl  | 
 | 1365 |           = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FieldClassType->getDecl()); | 
 | 1366 |         HasConstCopyConstructor  | 
 | 1367 |           = FieldClassDecl->hasConstCopyConstructor(Context); | 
 | 1368 |       } | 
 | 1369 |     } | 
 | 1370 |  | 
| Sebastian Redl | 64b45f7 | 2009-01-05 20:52:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1371 |     //   Otherwise, the implicitly declared copy constructor will have | 
 | 1372 |     //   the form | 
| Douglas Gregor | 396b7cd | 2008-11-03 17:51:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1373 |     // | 
 | 1374 |     //       X::X(X&) | 
| Sebastian Redl | 64b45f7 | 2009-01-05 20:52:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1375 |     QualType ArgType = ClassType; | 
| Douglas Gregor | 396b7cd | 2008-11-03 17:51:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1376 |     if (HasConstCopyConstructor) | 
 | 1377 |       ArgType = ArgType.withConst(); | 
| Sebastian Redl | 7c80bd6 | 2009-03-16 23:22:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1378 |     ArgType = Context.getLValueReferenceType(ArgType); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 396b7cd | 2008-11-03 17:51:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1379 |  | 
| Sebastian Redl | 64b45f7 | 2009-01-05 20:52:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1380 |     //   An implicitly-declared copy constructor is an inline public | 
 | 1381 |     //   member of its class. | 
| Douglas Gregor | 2e1cd42 | 2008-11-17 14:58:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1382 |     DeclarationName Name  | 
 | 1383 |       = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(ClassType); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 396b7cd | 2008-11-03 17:51:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1384 |     CXXConstructorDecl *CopyConstructor | 
 | 1385 |       = CXXConstructorDecl::Create(Context, ClassDecl, | 
| Douglas Gregor | 2e1cd42 | 2008-11-17 14:58:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1386 |                                    ClassDecl->getLocation(), Name, | 
| Douglas Gregor | 396b7cd | 2008-11-03 17:51:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1387 |                                    Context.getFunctionType(Context.VoidTy, | 
 | 1388 |                                                            &ArgType, 1, | 
 | 1389 |                                                            false, 0), | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | a1d5662 | 2009-08-19 01:27:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1390 |                                    /*DInfo=*/0, | 
| Douglas Gregor | 396b7cd | 2008-11-03 17:51:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1391 |                                    /*isExplicit=*/false, | 
 | 1392 |                                    /*isInline=*/true, | 
 | 1393 |                                    /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/true); | 
 | 1394 |     CopyConstructor->setAccess(AS_public); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 6b3945f | 2009-01-07 19:46:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1395 |     CopyConstructor->setImplicit(); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 1f2023a | 2009-07-22 18:25:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1396 |     CopyConstructor->setTrivial(ClassDecl->hasTrivialCopyConstructor()); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 396b7cd | 2008-11-03 17:51:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1397 |  | 
 | 1398 |     // Add the parameter to the constructor. | 
 | 1399 |     ParmVarDecl *FromParam = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, CopyConstructor, | 
 | 1400 |                                                  ClassDecl->getLocation(), | 
 | 1401 |                                                  /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | a1d5662 | 2009-08-19 01:27:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1402 |                                                  ArgType, /*DInfo=*/0, | 
 | 1403 |                                                  VarDecl::None, 0); | 
| Ted Kremenek | fc76761 | 2009-01-14 00:42:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1404 |     CopyConstructor->setParams(Context, &FromParam, 1); | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 17945a0 | 2009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1405 |     ClassDecl->addDecl(CopyConstructor); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 396b7cd | 2008-11-03 17:51:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1406 |   } | 
 | 1407 |  | 
| Sebastian Redl | 64b45f7 | 2009-01-05 20:52:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1408 |   if (!ClassDecl->hasUserDeclaredCopyAssignment()) { | 
 | 1409 |     // Note: The following rules are largely analoguous to the copy | 
 | 1410 |     // constructor rules. Note that virtual bases are not taken into account | 
 | 1411 |     // for determining the argument type of the operator. Note also that | 
 | 1412 |     // operators taking an object instead of a reference are allowed. | 
 | 1413 |     // | 
 | 1414 |     // C++ [class.copy]p10: | 
 | 1415 |     //   If the class definition does not explicitly declare a copy | 
 | 1416 |     //   assignment operator, one is declared implicitly. | 
 | 1417 |     //   The implicitly-defined copy assignment operator for a class X | 
 | 1418 |     //   will have the form | 
 | 1419 |     // | 
 | 1420 |     //       X& X::operator=(const X&) | 
 | 1421 |     // | 
 | 1422 |     //   if | 
 | 1423 |     bool HasConstCopyAssignment = true; | 
 | 1424 |  | 
 | 1425 |     //       -- each direct base class B of X has a copy assignment operator | 
 | 1426 |     //          whose parameter is of type const B&, const volatile B& or B, | 
 | 1427 |     //          and | 
 | 1428 |     for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator Base = ClassDecl->bases_begin(); | 
 | 1429 |          HasConstCopyAssignment && Base != ClassDecl->bases_end(); ++Base) { | 
 | 1430 |       const CXXRecordDecl *BaseClassDecl | 
| Ted Kremenek | 6217b80 | 2009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1431 |         = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Base->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()); | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 0270b8a | 2009-08-12 23:34:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1432 |       const CXXMethodDecl *MD = 0; | 
 | 1433 |       HasConstCopyAssignment = BaseClassDecl->hasConstCopyAssignment(Context,  | 
 | 1434 |                                                                      MD); | 
| Sebastian Redl | 64b45f7 | 2009-01-05 20:52:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1435 |     } | 
 | 1436 |  | 
 | 1437 |     //       -- for all the nonstatic data members of X that are of a class | 
 | 1438 |     //          type M (or array thereof), each such class type has a copy | 
 | 1439 |     //          assignment operator whose parameter is of type const M&, | 
 | 1440 |     //          const volatile M& or M. | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 17945a0 | 2009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1441 |     for (CXXRecordDecl::field_iterator Field = ClassDecl->field_begin(); | 
 | 1442 |          HasConstCopyAssignment && Field != ClassDecl->field_end(); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 6ab3524 | 2009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1443 |          ++Field) { | 
| Sebastian Redl | 64b45f7 | 2009-01-05 20:52:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1444 |       QualType FieldType = (*Field)->getType(); | 
 | 1445 |       if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsArrayType(FieldType)) | 
 | 1446 |         FieldType = Array->getElementType(); | 
| Ted Kremenek | 6217b80 | 2009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1447 |       if (const RecordType *FieldClassType = FieldType->getAs<RecordType>()) { | 
| Sebastian Redl | 64b45f7 | 2009-01-05 20:52:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1448 |         const CXXRecordDecl *FieldClassDecl | 
 | 1449 |           = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FieldClassType->getDecl()); | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 0270b8a | 2009-08-12 23:34:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1450 |         const CXXMethodDecl *MD = 0; | 
| Sebastian Redl | 64b45f7 | 2009-01-05 20:52:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1451 |         HasConstCopyAssignment | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 0270b8a | 2009-08-12 23:34:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1452 |           = FieldClassDecl->hasConstCopyAssignment(Context, MD); | 
| Sebastian Redl | 64b45f7 | 2009-01-05 20:52:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1453 |       } | 
 | 1454 |     } | 
 | 1455 |  | 
 | 1456 |     //   Otherwise, the implicitly declared copy assignment operator will | 
 | 1457 |     //   have the form | 
 | 1458 |     // | 
 | 1459 |     //       X& X::operator=(X&) | 
 | 1460 |     QualType ArgType = ClassType; | 
| Sebastian Redl | 7c80bd6 | 2009-03-16 23:22:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1461 |     QualType RetType = Context.getLValueReferenceType(ArgType); | 
| Sebastian Redl | 64b45f7 | 2009-01-05 20:52:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1462 |     if (HasConstCopyAssignment) | 
 | 1463 |       ArgType = ArgType.withConst(); | 
| Sebastian Redl | 7c80bd6 | 2009-03-16 23:22:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1464 |     ArgType = Context.getLValueReferenceType(ArgType); | 
| Sebastian Redl | 64b45f7 | 2009-01-05 20:52:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1465 |  | 
 | 1466 |     //   An implicitly-declared copy assignment operator is an inline public | 
 | 1467 |     //   member of its class. | 
 | 1468 |     DeclarationName Name = | 
 | 1469 |       Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Equal); | 
 | 1470 |     CXXMethodDecl *CopyAssignment = | 
 | 1471 |       CXXMethodDecl::Create(Context, ClassDecl, ClassDecl->getLocation(), Name, | 
 | 1472 |                             Context.getFunctionType(RetType, &ArgType, 1, | 
 | 1473 |                                                     false, 0), | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | a1d5662 | 2009-08-19 01:27:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1474 |                             /*DInfo=*/0, /*isStatic=*/false, /*isInline=*/true); | 
| Sebastian Redl | 64b45f7 | 2009-01-05 20:52:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1475 |     CopyAssignment->setAccess(AS_public); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 6b3945f | 2009-01-07 19:46:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1476 |     CopyAssignment->setImplicit(); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 1f2023a | 2009-07-22 18:25:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1477 |     CopyAssignment->setTrivial(ClassDecl->hasTrivialCopyAssignment()); | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 2198ba1 | 2009-08-12 21:14:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1478 |     CopyAssignment->setCopyAssignment(true); | 
| Sebastian Redl | 64b45f7 | 2009-01-05 20:52:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1479 |  | 
 | 1480 |     // Add the parameter to the operator. | 
 | 1481 |     ParmVarDecl *FromParam = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, CopyAssignment, | 
 | 1482 |                                                  ClassDecl->getLocation(), | 
 | 1483 |                                                  /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | a1d5662 | 2009-08-19 01:27:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1484 |                                                  ArgType, /*DInfo=*/0, | 
 | 1485 |                                                  VarDecl::None, 0); | 
| Ted Kremenek | fc76761 | 2009-01-14 00:42:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1486 |     CopyAssignment->setParams(Context, &FromParam, 1); | 
| Sebastian Redl | 64b45f7 | 2009-01-05 20:52:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1487 |  | 
 | 1488 |     // Don't call addedAssignmentOperator. There is no way to distinguish an | 
 | 1489 |     // implicit from an explicit assignment operator. | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 17945a0 | 2009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1490 |     ClassDecl->addDecl(CopyAssignment); | 
| Sebastian Redl | 64b45f7 | 2009-01-05 20:52:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1491 |   } | 
 | 1492 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 9e7d9de | 2008-12-15 21:24:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1493 |   if (!ClassDecl->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | 42a552f | 2008-11-05 20:51:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1494 |     // C++ [class.dtor]p2: | 
 | 1495 |     //   If a class has no user-declared destructor, a destructor is | 
 | 1496 |     //   declared implicitly. An implicitly-declared destructor is an | 
 | 1497 |     //   inline public member of its class. | 
| Douglas Gregor | 2e1cd42 | 2008-11-17 14:58:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1498 |     DeclarationName Name  | 
 | 1499 |       = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(ClassType); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 42a552f | 2008-11-05 20:51:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1500 |     CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor  | 
 | 1501 |       = CXXDestructorDecl::Create(Context, ClassDecl, | 
| Douglas Gregor | 2e1cd42 | 2008-11-17 14:58:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1502 |                                   ClassDecl->getLocation(), Name, | 
| Douglas Gregor | 42a552f | 2008-11-05 20:51:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1503 |                                   Context.getFunctionType(Context.VoidTy, | 
 | 1504 |                                                           0, 0, false, 0), | 
 | 1505 |                                   /*isInline=*/true, | 
 | 1506 |                                   /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/true); | 
 | 1507 |     Destructor->setAccess(AS_public); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 6b3945f | 2009-01-07 19:46:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1508 |     Destructor->setImplicit(); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 1f2023a | 2009-07-22 18:25:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1509 |     Destructor->setTrivial(ClassDecl->hasTrivialDestructor()); | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 17945a0 | 2009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1510 |     ClassDecl->addDecl(Destructor); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 42a552f | 2008-11-05 20:51:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1511 |   } | 
| Douglas Gregor | 396b7cd | 2008-11-03 17:51:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1512 | } | 
 | 1513 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 6569d68 | 2009-05-27 23:11:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1514 | void Sema::ActOnReenterTemplateScope(Scope *S, DeclPtrTy TemplateD) { | 
 | 1515 |   TemplateDecl *Template = TemplateD.getAs<TemplateDecl>(); | 
 | 1516 |   if (!Template) | 
 | 1517 |     return; | 
 | 1518 |  | 
 | 1519 |   TemplateParameterList *Params = Template->getTemplateParameters(); | 
 | 1520 |   for (TemplateParameterList::iterator Param = Params->begin(), | 
 | 1521 |                                     ParamEnd = Params->end(); | 
 | 1522 |        Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { | 
 | 1523 |     NamedDecl *Named = cast<NamedDecl>(*Param); | 
 | 1524 |     if (Named->getDeclName()) { | 
 | 1525 |       S->AddDecl(DeclPtrTy::make(Named)); | 
 | 1526 |       IdResolver.AddDecl(Named); | 
 | 1527 |     } | 
 | 1528 |   } | 
 | 1529 | } | 
 | 1530 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 72b505b | 2008-12-16 21:30:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1531 | /// ActOnStartDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration - We have completed | 
 | 1532 | /// parsing a top-level (non-nested) C++ class, and we are now | 
 | 1533 | /// parsing those parts of the given Method declaration that could | 
 | 1534 | /// not be parsed earlier (C++ [class.mem]p2), such as default | 
 | 1535 | /// arguments. This action should enter the scope of the given | 
 | 1536 | /// Method declaration as if we had just parsed the qualified method | 
 | 1537 | /// name. However, it should not bring the parameters into scope; | 
 | 1538 | /// that will be performed by ActOnDelayedCXXMethodParameter. | 
| Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1539 | void Sema::ActOnStartDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, DeclPtrTy MethodD) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | 4c4f7cb | 2009-06-22 23:20:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1540 |   if (!MethodD) | 
 | 1541 |     return; | 
 | 1542 |    | 
| Douglas Gregor | efd5bda | 2009-08-24 11:57:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1543 |   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(MethodD); | 
 | 1544 |    | 
| Douglas Gregor | 72b505b | 2008-12-16 21:30:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1545 |   CXXScopeSpec SS; | 
| Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1546 |   FunctionDecl *Method = cast<FunctionDecl>(MethodD.getAs<Decl>()); | 
| Douglas Gregor | ab452ba | 2009-03-26 23:50:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1547 |   QualType ClassTy  | 
 | 1548 |     = Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(Method->getDeclContext())); | 
 | 1549 |   SS.setScopeRep( | 
 | 1550 |     NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, 0, false, ClassTy.getTypePtr())); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 72b505b | 2008-12-16 21:30:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1551 |   ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(S, SS); | 
 | 1552 | } | 
 | 1553 |  | 
 | 1554 | /// ActOnDelayedCXXMethodParameter - We've already started a delayed | 
 | 1555 | /// C++ method declaration. We're (re-)introducing the given | 
 | 1556 | /// function parameter into scope for use in parsing later parts of | 
 | 1557 | /// the method declaration. For example, we could see an | 
 | 1558 | /// ActOnParamDefaultArgument event for this parameter. | 
| Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1559 | void Sema::ActOnDelayedCXXMethodParameter(Scope *S, DeclPtrTy ParamD) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | 4c4f7cb | 2009-06-22 23:20:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1560 |   if (!ParamD) | 
 | 1561 |     return; | 
 | 1562 |    | 
| Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1563 |   ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(ParamD.getAs<Decl>()); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 61366e9 | 2008-12-24 00:01:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1564 |  | 
 | 1565 |   // If this parameter has an unparsed default argument, clear it out | 
 | 1566 |   // to make way for the parsed default argument. | 
 | 1567 |   if (Param->hasUnparsedDefaultArg()) | 
 | 1568 |     Param->setDefaultArg(0); | 
 | 1569 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1570 |   S->AddDecl(DeclPtrTy::make(Param)); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 72b505b | 2008-12-16 21:30:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1571 |   if (Param->getDeclName()) | 
 | 1572 |     IdResolver.AddDecl(Param); | 
 | 1573 | } | 
 | 1574 |  | 
 | 1575 | /// ActOnFinishDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration - We have finished | 
 | 1576 | /// processing the delayed method declaration for Method. The method | 
 | 1577 | /// declaration is now considered finished. There may be a separate | 
 | 1578 | /// ActOnStartOfFunctionDef action later (not necessarily | 
 | 1579 | /// immediately!) for this method, if it was also defined inside the | 
 | 1580 | /// class body. | 
| Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1581 | void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, DeclPtrTy MethodD) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | 4c4f7cb | 2009-06-22 23:20:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1582 |   if (!MethodD) | 
 | 1583 |     return; | 
 | 1584 |    | 
| Douglas Gregor | efd5bda | 2009-08-24 11:57:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1585 |   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(MethodD); | 
 | 1586 |    | 
| Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1587 |   FunctionDecl *Method = cast<FunctionDecl>(MethodD.getAs<Decl>()); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 72b505b | 2008-12-16 21:30:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1588 |   CXXScopeSpec SS; | 
| Douglas Gregor | ab452ba | 2009-03-26 23:50:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1589 |   QualType ClassTy  | 
 | 1590 |     = Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(Method->getDeclContext())); | 
 | 1591 |   SS.setScopeRep( | 
 | 1592 |     NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, 0, false, ClassTy.getTypePtr())); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 72b505b | 2008-12-16 21:30:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1593 |   ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope(S, SS); | 
 | 1594 |  | 
 | 1595 |   // Now that we have our default arguments, check the constructor | 
 | 1596 |   // again. It could produce additional diagnostics or affect whether | 
 | 1597 |   // the class has implicitly-declared destructors, among other | 
 | 1598 |   // things. | 
| Chris Lattner | 6e47501 | 2009-04-25 08:35:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1599 |   if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method)) | 
 | 1600 |     CheckConstructor(Constructor); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 72b505b | 2008-12-16 21:30:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1601 |  | 
 | 1602 |   // Check the default arguments, which we may have added. | 
 | 1603 |   if (!Method->isInvalidDecl()) | 
 | 1604 |     CheckCXXDefaultArguments(Method); | 
 | 1605 | } | 
 | 1606 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 42a552f | 2008-11-05 20:51:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1607 | /// CheckConstructorDeclarator - Called by ActOnDeclarator to check | 
| Douglas Gregor | 72b505b | 2008-12-16 21:30:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1608 | /// the well-formedness of the constructor declarator @p D with type @p | 
| Douglas Gregor | 42a552f | 2008-11-05 20:51:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1609 | /// R. If there are any errors in the declarator, this routine will | 
| Chris Lattner | 6540180 | 2009-04-25 08:28:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1610 | /// emit diagnostics and set the invalid bit to true.  In any case, the type | 
 | 1611 | /// will be updated to reflect a well-formed type for the constructor and | 
 | 1612 | /// returned. | 
 | 1613 | QualType Sema::CheckConstructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R, | 
 | 1614 |                                           FunctionDecl::StorageClass &SC) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | 42a552f | 2008-11-05 20:51:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1615 |   bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified(); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 42a552f | 2008-11-05 20:51:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1616 |  | 
 | 1617 |   // C++ [class.ctor]p3: | 
 | 1618 |   //   A constructor shall not be virtual (10.3) or static (9.4). A | 
 | 1619 |   //   constructor can be invoked for a const, volatile or const | 
 | 1620 |   //   volatile object. A constructor shall not be declared const, | 
 | 1621 |   //   volatile, or const volatile (9.3.2). | 
 | 1622 |   if (isVirtual) { | 
| Chris Lattner | 6540180 | 2009-04-25 08:28:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1623 |     if (!D.isInvalidType()) | 
 | 1624 |       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_cannot_be) | 
 | 1625 |         << "virtual" << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()) | 
 | 1626 |         << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc()); | 
 | 1627 |     D.setInvalidType(); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 42a552f | 2008-11-05 20:51:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1628 |   } | 
 | 1629 |   if (SC == FunctionDecl::Static) { | 
| Chris Lattner | 6540180 | 2009-04-25 08:28:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1630 |     if (!D.isInvalidType()) | 
 | 1631 |       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_cannot_be) | 
 | 1632 |         << "static" << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()) | 
 | 1633 |         << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc()); | 
 | 1634 |     D.setInvalidType(); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 42a552f | 2008-11-05 20:51:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1635 |     SC = FunctionDecl::None; | 
 | 1636 |   } | 
| Chris Lattner | 6540180 | 2009-04-25 08:28:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1637 |    | 
 | 1638 |   DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getTypeObject(0).Fun; | 
 | 1639 |   if (FTI.TypeQuals != 0) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | 42a552f | 2008-11-05 20:51:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1640 |     if (FTI.TypeQuals & QualType::Const) | 
| Chris Lattner | fa25bbb | 2008-11-19 05:08:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1641 |       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_invalid_qualified_constructor) | 
 | 1642 |         << "const" << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc()); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 42a552f | 2008-11-05 20:51:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1643 |     if (FTI.TypeQuals & QualType::Volatile) | 
| Chris Lattner | fa25bbb | 2008-11-19 05:08:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1644 |       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_invalid_qualified_constructor) | 
 | 1645 |         << "volatile" << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc()); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 42a552f | 2008-11-05 20:51:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1646 |     if (FTI.TypeQuals & QualType::Restrict) | 
| Chris Lattner | fa25bbb | 2008-11-19 05:08:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1647 |       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_invalid_qualified_constructor) | 
 | 1648 |         << "restrict" << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc()); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 42a552f | 2008-11-05 20:51:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1649 |   } | 
 | 1650 |        | 
 | 1651 |   // Rebuild the function type "R" without any type qualifiers (in | 
 | 1652 |   // case any of the errors above fired) and with "void" as the | 
 | 1653 |   // return type, since constructors don't have return types. We | 
 | 1654 |   // *always* have to do this, because GetTypeForDeclarator will | 
 | 1655 |   // put in a result type of "int" when none was specified. | 
| Douglas Gregor | 72564e7 | 2009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1656 |   const FunctionProtoType *Proto = R->getAsFunctionProtoType(); | 
| Chris Lattner | 6540180 | 2009-04-25 08:28:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1657 |   return Context.getFunctionType(Context.VoidTy, Proto->arg_type_begin(), | 
 | 1658 |                                  Proto->getNumArgs(), | 
 | 1659 |                                  Proto->isVariadic(), 0); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 42a552f | 2008-11-05 20:51:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1660 | } | 
 | 1661 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 72b505b | 2008-12-16 21:30:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1662 | /// CheckConstructor - Checks a fully-formed constructor for | 
 | 1663 | /// well-formedness, issuing any diagnostics required. Returns true if | 
 | 1664 | /// the constructor declarator is invalid. | 
| Chris Lattner | 6e47501 | 2009-04-25 08:35:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1665 | void Sema::CheckConstructor(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | 3329756 | 2009-03-27 04:38:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1666 |   CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl  | 
 | 1667 |     = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Constructor->getDeclContext()); | 
 | 1668 |   if (!ClassDecl) | 
| Chris Lattner | 6e47501 | 2009-04-25 08:35:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1669 |     return Constructor->setInvalidDecl(); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 72b505b | 2008-12-16 21:30:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1670 |  | 
 | 1671 |   // C++ [class.copy]p3: | 
 | 1672 |   //   A declaration of a constructor for a class X is ill-formed if | 
 | 1673 |   //   its first parameter is of type (optionally cv-qualified) X and | 
 | 1674 |   //   either there are no other parameters or else all other | 
 | 1675 |   //   parameters have default arguments. | 
| Douglas Gregor | 3329756 | 2009-03-27 04:38:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1676 |   if (!Constructor->isInvalidDecl() && | 
 | 1677 |       ((Constructor->getNumParams() == 1) ||  | 
 | 1678 |        (Constructor->getNumParams() > 1 &&  | 
| Anders Carlsson | ae0b4e7 | 2009-06-06 04:14:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1679 |         Constructor->getParamDecl(1)->hasDefaultArg()))) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | 72b505b | 2008-12-16 21:30:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1680 |     QualType ParamType = Constructor->getParamDecl(0)->getType(); | 
 | 1681 |     QualType ClassTy = Context.getTagDeclType(ClassDecl); | 
 | 1682 |     if (Context.getCanonicalType(ParamType).getUnqualifiedType() == ClassTy) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | a3a8351 | 2009-04-01 23:51:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1683 |       SourceLocation ParamLoc = Constructor->getParamDecl(0)->getLocation(); | 
 | 1684 |       Diag(ParamLoc, diag::err_constructor_byvalue_arg) | 
| Douglas Gregor | 558cb56 | 2009-04-02 01:08:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1685 |         << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(ParamLoc, " const &"); | 
| Chris Lattner | 6e47501 | 2009-04-25 08:35:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1686 |       Constructor->setInvalidDecl(); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 72b505b | 2008-12-16 21:30:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1687 |     } | 
 | 1688 |   } | 
 | 1689 |    | 
 | 1690 |   // Notify the class that we've added a constructor. | 
 | 1691 |   ClassDecl->addedConstructor(Context, Constructor); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 72b505b | 2008-12-16 21:30:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1692 | } | 
 | 1693 |  | 
| Anders Carlsson | 7786d1c | 2009-04-30 23:18:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1694 | static inline bool  | 
 | 1695 | FTIHasSingleVoidArgument(DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI) { | 
 | 1696 |   return (FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 && | 
 | 1697 |           FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param && | 
 | 1698 |           FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType()->isVoidType()); | 
 | 1699 | } | 
 | 1700 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 42a552f | 2008-11-05 20:51:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1701 | /// CheckDestructorDeclarator - Called by ActOnDeclarator to check | 
 | 1702 | /// the well-formednes of the destructor declarator @p D with type @p | 
 | 1703 | /// R. If there are any errors in the declarator, this routine will | 
| Chris Lattner | 6540180 | 2009-04-25 08:28:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1704 | /// emit diagnostics and set the declarator to invalid.  Even if this happens, | 
 | 1705 | /// will be updated to reflect a well-formed type for the destructor and | 
 | 1706 | /// returned. | 
 | 1707 | QualType Sema::CheckDestructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, | 
 | 1708 |                                          FunctionDecl::StorageClass& SC) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | 42a552f | 2008-11-05 20:51:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1709 |   // C++ [class.dtor]p1: | 
 | 1710 |   //   [...] A typedef-name that names a class is a class-name | 
 | 1711 |   //   (7.1.3); however, a typedef-name that names a class shall not | 
 | 1712 |   //   be used as the identifier in the declarator for a destructor | 
 | 1713 |   //   declaration. | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | e866190 | 2009-08-19 01:28:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1714 |   QualType DeclaratorType = GetTypeFromParser(D.getDeclaratorIdType()); | 
| Chris Lattner | 6540180 | 2009-04-25 08:28:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1715 |   if (isa<TypedefType>(DeclaratorType)) { | 
 | 1716 |     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_typedef_name) | 
| Douglas Gregor | 1a51b4a | 2009-02-09 15:09:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1717 |       << DeclaratorType; | 
| Chris Lattner | 6540180 | 2009-04-25 08:28:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1718 |     D.setInvalidType(); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 42a552f | 2008-11-05 20:51:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1719 |   } | 
 | 1720 |  | 
 | 1721 |   // C++ [class.dtor]p2: | 
 | 1722 |   //   A destructor is used to destroy objects of its class type. A | 
 | 1723 |   //   destructor takes no parameters, and no return type can be | 
 | 1724 |   //   specified for it (not even void). The address of a destructor | 
 | 1725 |   //   shall not be taken. A destructor shall not be static. A | 
 | 1726 |   //   destructor can be invoked for a const, volatile or const | 
 | 1727 |   //   volatile object. A destructor shall not be declared const, | 
 | 1728 |   //   volatile or const volatile (9.3.2). | 
 | 1729 |   if (SC == FunctionDecl::Static) { | 
| Chris Lattner | 6540180 | 2009-04-25 08:28:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1730 |     if (!D.isInvalidType()) | 
 | 1731 |       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_cannot_be) | 
 | 1732 |         << "static" << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()) | 
 | 1733 |         << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc()); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 42a552f | 2008-11-05 20:51:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1734 |     SC = FunctionDecl::None; | 
| Chris Lattner | 6540180 | 2009-04-25 08:28:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1735 |     D.setInvalidType(); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 42a552f | 2008-11-05 20:51:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1736 |   } | 
| Chris Lattner | 6540180 | 2009-04-25 08:28:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1737 |   if (D.getDeclSpec().hasTypeSpecifier() && !D.isInvalidType()) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | 42a552f | 2008-11-05 20:51:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1738 |     // Destructors don't have return types, but the parser will | 
 | 1739 |     // happily parse something like: | 
 | 1740 |     // | 
 | 1741 |     //   class X { | 
 | 1742 |     //     float ~X(); | 
 | 1743 |     //   }; | 
 | 1744 |     // | 
 | 1745 |     // The return type will be eliminated later. | 
| Chris Lattner | fa25bbb | 2008-11-19 05:08:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1746 |     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_return_type) | 
 | 1747 |       << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc()) | 
 | 1748 |       << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc()); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 42a552f | 2008-11-05 20:51:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1749 |   } | 
| Chris Lattner | 6540180 | 2009-04-25 08:28:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1750 |    | 
 | 1751 |   DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getTypeObject(0).Fun; | 
 | 1752 |   if (FTI.TypeQuals != 0 && !D.isInvalidType()) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | 42a552f | 2008-11-05 20:51:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1753 |     if (FTI.TypeQuals & QualType::Const) | 
| Chris Lattner | fa25bbb | 2008-11-19 05:08:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1754 |       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_invalid_qualified_destructor) | 
 | 1755 |         << "const" << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc()); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 42a552f | 2008-11-05 20:51:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1756 |     if (FTI.TypeQuals & QualType::Volatile) | 
| Chris Lattner | fa25bbb | 2008-11-19 05:08:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1757 |       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_invalid_qualified_destructor) | 
 | 1758 |         << "volatile" << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc()); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 42a552f | 2008-11-05 20:51:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1759 |     if (FTI.TypeQuals & QualType::Restrict) | 
| Chris Lattner | fa25bbb | 2008-11-19 05:08:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1760 |       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_invalid_qualified_destructor) | 
 | 1761 |         << "restrict" << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc()); | 
| Chris Lattner | 6540180 | 2009-04-25 08:28:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1762 |     D.setInvalidType(); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 42a552f | 2008-11-05 20:51:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1763 |   } | 
 | 1764 |  | 
 | 1765 |   // Make sure we don't have any parameters. | 
| Anders Carlsson | 7786d1c | 2009-04-30 23:18:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1766 |   if (FTI.NumArgs > 0 && !FTIHasSingleVoidArgument(FTI)) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | 42a552f | 2008-11-05 20:51:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1767 |     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_with_params); | 
 | 1768 |  | 
 | 1769 |     // Delete the parameters. | 
| Chris Lattner | 6540180 | 2009-04-25 08:28:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1770 |     FTI.freeArgs(); | 
 | 1771 |     D.setInvalidType(); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 42a552f | 2008-11-05 20:51:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1772 |   } | 
 | 1773 |  | 
 | 1774 |   // Make sure the destructor isn't variadic.   | 
| Chris Lattner | 6540180 | 2009-04-25 08:28:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1775 |   if (FTI.isVariadic) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | 42a552f | 2008-11-05 20:51:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1776 |     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_variadic); | 
| Chris Lattner | 6540180 | 2009-04-25 08:28:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1777 |     D.setInvalidType(); | 
 | 1778 |   } | 
| Douglas Gregor | 42a552f | 2008-11-05 20:51:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1779 |  | 
 | 1780 |   // Rebuild the function type "R" without any type qualifiers or | 
 | 1781 |   // parameters (in case any of the errors above fired) and with | 
 | 1782 |   // "void" as the return type, since destructors don't have return | 
 | 1783 |   // types. We *always* have to do this, because GetTypeForDeclarator | 
 | 1784 |   // will put in a result type of "int" when none was specified. | 
| Chris Lattner | 6540180 | 2009-04-25 08:28:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1785 |   return Context.getFunctionType(Context.VoidTy, 0, 0, false, 0); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 42a552f | 2008-11-05 20:51:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1786 | } | 
 | 1787 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 2f1bc52 | 2008-11-07 20:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1788 | /// CheckConversionDeclarator - Called by ActOnDeclarator to check the | 
 | 1789 | /// well-formednes of the conversion function declarator @p D with | 
 | 1790 | /// type @p R. If there are any errors in the declarator, this routine | 
 | 1791 | /// will emit diagnostics and return true. Otherwise, it will return | 
 | 1792 | /// false. Either way, the type @p R will be updated to reflect a | 
 | 1793 | /// well-formed type for the conversion operator. | 
| Chris Lattner | 6e47501 | 2009-04-25 08:35:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1794 | void Sema::CheckConversionDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType &R, | 
| Douglas Gregor | 2f1bc52 | 2008-11-07 20:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1795 |                                      FunctionDecl::StorageClass& SC) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | 2f1bc52 | 2008-11-07 20:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1796 |   // C++ [class.conv.fct]p1: | 
 | 1797 |   //   Neither parameter types nor return type can be specified. The | 
| Eli Friedman | 33a3138 | 2009-08-05 19:21:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1798 |   //   type of a conversion function (8.3.5) is "function taking no | 
 | 1799 |   //   parameter returning conversion-type-id."  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 2f1bc52 | 2008-11-07 20:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1800 |   if (SC == FunctionDecl::Static) { | 
| Chris Lattner | 6e47501 | 2009-04-25 08:35:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1801 |     if (!D.isInvalidType()) | 
 | 1802 |       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_conv_function_not_member) | 
 | 1803 |         << "static" << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()) | 
 | 1804 |         << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc()); | 
 | 1805 |     D.setInvalidType(); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 2f1bc52 | 2008-11-07 20:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1806 |     SC = FunctionDecl::None; | 
 | 1807 |   } | 
| Chris Lattner | 6e47501 | 2009-04-25 08:35:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1808 |   if (D.getDeclSpec().hasTypeSpecifier() && !D.isInvalidType()) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | 2f1bc52 | 2008-11-07 20:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1809 |     // Conversion functions don't have return types, but the parser will | 
 | 1810 |     // happily parse something like: | 
 | 1811 |     // | 
 | 1812 |     //   class X { | 
 | 1813 |     //     float operator bool(); | 
 | 1814 |     //   }; | 
 | 1815 |     // | 
 | 1816 |     // The return type will be changed later anyway. | 
| Chris Lattner | fa25bbb | 2008-11-19 05:08:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1817 |     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_conv_function_return_type) | 
 | 1818 |       << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc()) | 
 | 1819 |       << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc()); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 2f1bc52 | 2008-11-07 20:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1820 |   } | 
 | 1821 |  | 
 | 1822 |   // Make sure we don't have any parameters. | 
| Douglas Gregor | 72564e7 | 2009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1823 |   if (R->getAsFunctionProtoType()->getNumArgs() > 0) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | 2f1bc52 | 2008-11-07 20:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1824 |     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_conv_function_with_params); | 
 | 1825 |  | 
 | 1826 |     // Delete the parameters. | 
| Chris Lattner | 1833a83 | 2009-01-20 21:06:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1827 |     D.getTypeObject(0).Fun.freeArgs(); | 
| Chris Lattner | 6e47501 | 2009-04-25 08:35:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1828 |     D.setInvalidType(); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 2f1bc52 | 2008-11-07 20:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1829 |   } | 
 | 1830 |  | 
 | 1831 |   // Make sure the conversion function isn't variadic.   | 
| Chris Lattner | 6e47501 | 2009-04-25 08:35:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1832 |   if (R->getAsFunctionProtoType()->isVariadic() && !D.isInvalidType()) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | 2f1bc52 | 2008-11-07 20:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1833 |     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_conv_function_variadic); | 
| Chris Lattner | 6e47501 | 2009-04-25 08:35:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1834 |     D.setInvalidType(); | 
 | 1835 |   } | 
| Douglas Gregor | 2f1bc52 | 2008-11-07 20:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1836 |  | 
 | 1837 |   // C++ [class.conv.fct]p4: | 
 | 1838 |   //   The conversion-type-id shall not represent a function type nor | 
 | 1839 |   //   an array type. | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | e866190 | 2009-08-19 01:28:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1840 |   QualType ConvType = GetTypeFromParser(D.getDeclaratorIdType()); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 2f1bc52 | 2008-11-07 20:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1841 |   if (ConvType->isArrayType()) { | 
 | 1842 |     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_conv_function_to_array); | 
 | 1843 |     ConvType = Context.getPointerType(ConvType); | 
| Chris Lattner | 6e47501 | 2009-04-25 08:35:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1844 |     D.setInvalidType(); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 2f1bc52 | 2008-11-07 20:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1845 |   } else if (ConvType->isFunctionType()) { | 
 | 1846 |     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_conv_function_to_function); | 
 | 1847 |     ConvType = Context.getPointerType(ConvType); | 
| Chris Lattner | 6e47501 | 2009-04-25 08:35:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1848 |     D.setInvalidType(); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 2f1bc52 | 2008-11-07 20:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1849 |   } | 
 | 1850 |  | 
 | 1851 |   // Rebuild the function type "R" without any parameters (in case any | 
 | 1852 |   // of the errors above fired) and with the conversion type as the | 
 | 1853 |   // return type.  | 
 | 1854 |   R = Context.getFunctionType(ConvType, 0, 0, false,  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 72564e7 | 2009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1855 |                               R->getAsFunctionProtoType()->getTypeQuals()); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 2f1bc52 | 2008-11-07 20:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1856 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 09f41cf | 2009-01-14 15:45:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1857 |   // C++0x explicit conversion operators. | 
 | 1858 |   if (D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified() && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x) | 
 | 1859 |     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(),  | 
 | 1860 |          diag::warn_explicit_conversion_functions) | 
 | 1861 |       << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 2f1bc52 | 2008-11-07 20:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1862 | } | 
 | 1863 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 2f1bc52 | 2008-11-07 20:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1864 | /// ActOnConversionDeclarator - Called by ActOnDeclarator to complete | 
 | 1865 | /// the declaration of the given C++ conversion function. This routine | 
 | 1866 | /// is responsible for recording the conversion function in the C++ | 
 | 1867 | /// class, if possible. | 
| Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1868 | Sema::DeclPtrTy Sema::ActOnConversionDeclarator(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | 2f1bc52 | 2008-11-07 20:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1869 |   assert(Conversion && "Expected to receive a conversion function declaration"); | 
 | 1870 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 9d35097 | 2008-12-12 08:25:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1871 |   CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Conversion->getDeclContext()); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 2f1bc52 | 2008-11-07 20:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1872 |  | 
 | 1873 |   // Make sure we aren't redeclaring the conversion function. | 
 | 1874 |   QualType ConvType = Context.getCanonicalType(Conversion->getConversionType()); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 2f1bc52 | 2008-11-07 20:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1875 |  | 
 | 1876 |   // C++ [class.conv.fct]p1: | 
 | 1877 |   //   [...] A conversion function is never used to convert a | 
 | 1878 |   //   (possibly cv-qualified) object to the (possibly cv-qualified) | 
 | 1879 |   //   same object type (or a reference to it), to a (possibly | 
 | 1880 |   //   cv-qualified) base class of that type (or a reference to it), | 
 | 1881 |   //   or to (possibly cv-qualified) void. | 
| Mike Stump | 390b4cc | 2009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1882 |   // FIXME: Suppress this warning if the conversion function ends up being a | 
 | 1883 |   // virtual function that overrides a virtual function in a base class. | 
| Douglas Gregor | 2f1bc52 | 2008-11-07 20:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1884 |   QualType ClassType  | 
 | 1885 |     = Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTypeDeclType(ClassDecl)); | 
| Ted Kremenek | 6217b80 | 2009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1886 |   if (const ReferenceType *ConvTypeRef = ConvType->getAs<ReferenceType>()) | 
| Douglas Gregor | 2f1bc52 | 2008-11-07 20:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1887 |     ConvType = ConvTypeRef->getPointeeType(); | 
 | 1888 |   if (ConvType->isRecordType()) { | 
 | 1889 |     ConvType = Context.getCanonicalType(ConvType).getUnqualifiedType(); | 
 | 1890 |     if (ConvType == ClassType) | 
| Chris Lattner | 5dc266a | 2008-11-20 06:13:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1891 |       Diag(Conversion->getLocation(), diag::warn_conv_to_self_not_used) | 
| Chris Lattner | d162584 | 2008-11-24 06:25:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1892 |         << ClassType; | 
| Douglas Gregor | 2f1bc52 | 2008-11-07 20:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1893 |     else if (IsDerivedFrom(ClassType, ConvType)) | 
| Chris Lattner | 5dc266a | 2008-11-20 06:13:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1894 |       Diag(Conversion->getLocation(), diag::warn_conv_to_base_not_used) | 
| Chris Lattner | d162584 | 2008-11-24 06:25:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1895 |         <<  ClassType << ConvType; | 
| Douglas Gregor | 2f1bc52 | 2008-11-07 20:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1896 |   } else if (ConvType->isVoidType()) { | 
| Chris Lattner | 5dc266a | 2008-11-20 06:13:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1897 |     Diag(Conversion->getLocation(), diag::warn_conv_to_void_not_used) | 
| Chris Lattner | d162584 | 2008-11-24 06:25:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1898 |       << ClassType << ConvType; | 
| Douglas Gregor | 2f1bc52 | 2008-11-07 20:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1899 |   } | 
 | 1900 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 70316a0 | 2008-12-26 15:00:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1901 |   if (Conversion->getPreviousDeclaration()) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | 65ec1fd | 2009-08-21 23:19:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1902 |     const NamedDecl *ExpectedPrevDecl = Conversion->getPreviousDeclaration(); | 
 | 1903 |     if (FunctionTemplateDecl *ConversionTemplate  | 
 | 1904 |           = Conversion->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) | 
 | 1905 |       ExpectedPrevDecl = ConversionTemplate->getPreviousDeclaration(); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 70316a0 | 2008-12-26 15:00:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1906 |     OverloadedFunctionDecl *Conversions = ClassDecl->getConversionFunctions(); | 
 | 1907 |     for (OverloadedFunctionDecl::function_iterator  | 
 | 1908 |            Conv = Conversions->function_begin(), | 
 | 1909 |            ConvEnd = Conversions->function_end(); | 
 | 1910 |          Conv != ConvEnd; ++Conv) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | 65ec1fd | 2009-08-21 23:19:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1911 |       if (*Conv == ExpectedPrevDecl) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | 70316a0 | 2008-12-26 15:00:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1912 |         *Conv = Conversion; | 
| Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1913 |         return DeclPtrTy::make(Conversion); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 70316a0 | 2008-12-26 15:00:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1914 |       } | 
 | 1915 |     } | 
 | 1916 |     assert(Conversion->isInvalidDecl() && "Conversion should not get here."); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 65ec1fd | 2009-08-21 23:19:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1917 |   } else if (FunctionTemplateDecl *ConversionTemplate  | 
 | 1918 |                = Conversion->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) | 
 | 1919 |     ClassDecl->addConversionFunction(Context, ConversionTemplate); | 
 | 1920 |   else if (!Conversion->getPrimaryTemplate()) // ignore specializations | 
| Douglas Gregor | 70316a0 | 2008-12-26 15:00:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1921 |     ClassDecl->addConversionFunction(Context, Conversion); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 2f1bc52 | 2008-11-07 20:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1922 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1923 |   return DeclPtrTy::make(Conversion); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 2f1bc52 | 2008-11-07 20:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1924 | } | 
 | 1925 |  | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 2d1c5d3 | 2008-04-27 13:50:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1926 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | 
 | 1927 | // Namespace Handling | 
 | 1928 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | 
 | 1929 |  | 
 | 1930 | /// ActOnStartNamespaceDef - This is called at the start of a namespace | 
 | 1931 | /// definition. | 
| Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1932 | Sema::DeclPtrTy Sema::ActOnStartNamespaceDef(Scope *NamespcScope, | 
 | 1933 |                                              SourceLocation IdentLoc, | 
 | 1934 |                                              IdentifierInfo *II, | 
 | 1935 |                                              SourceLocation LBrace) { | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 2d1c5d3 | 2008-04-27 13:50:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1936 |   NamespaceDecl *Namespc = | 
 | 1937 |       NamespaceDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, IdentLoc, II); | 
 | 1938 |   Namespc->setLBracLoc(LBrace); | 
 | 1939 |  | 
 | 1940 |   Scope *DeclRegionScope = NamespcScope->getParent(); | 
 | 1941 |  | 
 | 1942 |   if (II) { | 
 | 1943 |     // C++ [namespace.def]p2: | 
 | 1944 |     // The identifier in an original-namespace-definition shall not have been | 
 | 1945 |     // previously defined in the declarative region in which the | 
 | 1946 |     // original-namespace-definition appears. The identifier in an | 
 | 1947 |     // original-namespace-definition is the name of the namespace. Subsequently | 
 | 1948 |     // in that declarative region, it is treated as an original-namespace-name. | 
 | 1949 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 47b9a1c | 2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1950 |     NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupName(DeclRegionScope, II, LookupOrdinaryName, | 
 | 1951 |                                      true); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 44b4321 | 2008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1952 |      | 
 | 1953 |     if (NamespaceDecl *OrigNS = dyn_cast_or_null<NamespaceDecl>(PrevDecl)) { | 
 | 1954 |       // This is an extended namespace definition. | 
 | 1955 |       // Attach this namespace decl to the chain of extended namespace | 
 | 1956 |       // definitions. | 
 | 1957 |       OrigNS->setNextNamespace(Namespc); | 
 | 1958 |       Namespc->setOriginalNamespace(OrigNS->getOriginalNamespace()); | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 2d1c5d3 | 2008-04-27 13:50:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1959 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 44b4321 | 2008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1960 |       // Remove the previous declaration from the scope.       | 
| Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1961 |       if (DeclRegionScope->isDeclScope(DeclPtrTy::make(OrigNS))) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | e267ff3 | 2008-12-11 20:41:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1962 |         IdResolver.RemoveDecl(OrigNS); | 
| Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1963 |         DeclRegionScope->RemoveDecl(DeclPtrTy::make(OrigNS)); | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 2d1c5d3 | 2008-04-27 13:50:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1964 |       } | 
| Douglas Gregor | 44b4321 | 2008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1965 |     } else if (PrevDecl) { | 
 | 1966 |       // This is an invalid name redefinition. | 
 | 1967 |       Diag(Namespc->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) | 
 | 1968 |        << Namespc->getDeclName(); | 
 | 1969 |       Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); | 
 | 1970 |       Namespc->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 | 1971 |       // Continue on to push Namespc as current DeclContext and return it. | 
 | 1972 |     }  | 
 | 1973 |  | 
 | 1974 |     PushOnScopeChains(Namespc, DeclRegionScope); | 
 | 1975 |   } else { | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 2d1c5d3 | 2008-04-27 13:50:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1976 |     // FIXME: Handle anonymous namespaces | 
 | 1977 |   } | 
 | 1978 |  | 
 | 1979 |   // Although we could have an invalid decl (i.e. the namespace name is a | 
 | 1980 |   // redefinition), push it as current DeclContext and try to continue parsing. | 
| Mike Stump | 390b4cc | 2009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1981 |   // FIXME: We should be able to push Namespc here, so that the each DeclContext | 
 | 1982 |   // for the namespace has the declarations that showed up in that particular | 
 | 1983 |   // namespace definition. | 
| Douglas Gregor | 44b4321 | 2008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1984 |   PushDeclContext(NamespcScope, Namespc); | 
| Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1985 |   return DeclPtrTy::make(Namespc); | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 2d1c5d3 | 2008-04-27 13:50:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1986 | } | 
 | 1987 |  | 
 | 1988 | /// ActOnFinishNamespaceDef - This callback is called after a namespace is | 
 | 1989 | /// exited. Decl is the DeclTy returned by ActOnStartNamespaceDef. | 
| Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1990 | void Sema::ActOnFinishNamespaceDef(DeclPtrTy D, SourceLocation RBrace) { | 
 | 1991 |   Decl *Dcl = D.getAs<Decl>(); | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 2d1c5d3 | 2008-04-27 13:50:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1992 |   NamespaceDecl *Namespc = dyn_cast_or_null<NamespaceDecl>(Dcl); | 
 | 1993 |   assert(Namespc && "Invalid parameter, expected NamespaceDecl"); | 
 | 1994 |   Namespc->setRBracLoc(RBrace); | 
 | 1995 |   PopDeclContext(); | 
 | 1996 | } | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 73a0d88 | 2008-10-06 17:10:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1997 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1998 | Sema::DeclPtrTy Sema::ActOnUsingDirective(Scope *S, | 
 | 1999 |                                           SourceLocation UsingLoc, | 
 | 2000 |                                           SourceLocation NamespcLoc, | 
 | 2001 |                                           const CXXScopeSpec &SS, | 
 | 2002 |                                           SourceLocation IdentLoc, | 
 | 2003 |                                           IdentifierInfo *NamespcName, | 
 | 2004 |                                           AttributeList *AttrList) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | f780abc | 2008-12-30 03:27:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2005 |   assert(!SS.isInvalid() && "Invalid CXXScopeSpec."); | 
 | 2006 |   assert(NamespcName && "Invalid NamespcName."); | 
 | 2007 |   assert(IdentLoc.isValid() && "Invalid NamespceName location."); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 2a3009a | 2009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2008 |   assert(S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope && "Invalid Scope."); | 
| Douglas Gregor | f780abc | 2008-12-30 03:27:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2009 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 2a3009a | 2009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2010 |   UsingDirectiveDecl *UDir = 0; | 
| Douglas Gregor | f780abc | 2008-12-30 03:27:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2011 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | eb11cd0 | 2009-01-14 22:20:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2012 |   // Lookup namespace name. | 
| Douglas Gregor | 2a3009a | 2009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2013 |   LookupResult R = LookupParsedName(S, &SS, NamespcName, | 
 | 2014 |                                     LookupNamespaceName, false); | 
 | 2015 |   if (R.isAmbiguous()) { | 
 | 2016 |     DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(R, NamespcName, IdentLoc); | 
| Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2017 |     return DeclPtrTy(); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 2a3009a | 2009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2018 |   } | 
| Douglas Gregor | 47b9a1c | 2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2019 |   if (NamedDecl *NS = R) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | f780abc | 2008-12-30 03:27:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2020 |     assert(isa<NamespaceDecl>(NS) && "expected namespace decl"); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 2a3009a | 2009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2021 |     // C++ [namespace.udir]p1: | 
 | 2022 |     //   A using-directive specifies that the names in the nominated | 
 | 2023 |     //   namespace can be used in the scope in which the | 
 | 2024 |     //   using-directive appears after the using-directive. During | 
 | 2025 |     //   unqualified name lookup (3.4.1), the names appear as if they | 
 | 2026 |     //   were declared in the nearest enclosing namespace which | 
 | 2027 |     //   contains both the using-directive and the nominated | 
| Eli Friedman | 33a3138 | 2009-08-05 19:21:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2028 |     //   namespace. [Note: in this context, "contains" means "contains | 
 | 2029 |     //   directly or indirectly". ] | 
| Douglas Gregor | 2a3009a | 2009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2030 |  | 
 | 2031 |     // Find enclosing context containing both using-directive and | 
 | 2032 |     // nominated namespace. | 
 | 2033 |     DeclContext *CommonAncestor = cast<DeclContext>(NS); | 
 | 2034 |     while (CommonAncestor && !CommonAncestor->Encloses(CurContext)) | 
 | 2035 |       CommonAncestor = CommonAncestor->getParent(); | 
 | 2036 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 8419fa3 | 2009-05-30 06:31:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2037 |     UDir = UsingDirectiveDecl::Create(Context,  | 
 | 2038 |                                       CurContext, UsingLoc, | 
 | 2039 |                                       NamespcLoc,  | 
 | 2040 |                                       SS.getRange(), | 
 | 2041 |                                       (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS.getScopeRep(), | 
 | 2042 |                                       IdentLoc, | 
| Douglas Gregor | 2a3009a | 2009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2043 |                                       cast<NamespaceDecl>(NS), | 
 | 2044 |                                       CommonAncestor); | 
 | 2045 |     PushUsingDirective(S, UDir); | 
| Douglas Gregor | f780abc | 2008-12-30 03:27:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2046 |   } else { | 
| Chris Lattner | ead013e | 2009-01-06 07:24:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2047 |     Diag(IdentLoc, diag::err_expected_namespace_name) << SS.getRange(); | 
| Douglas Gregor | f780abc | 2008-12-30 03:27:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2048 |   } | 
 | 2049 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 2a3009a | 2009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2050 |   // FIXME: We ignore attributes for now. | 
| Douglas Gregor | f780abc | 2008-12-30 03:27:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2051 |   delete AttrList; | 
| Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2052 |   return DeclPtrTy::make(UDir); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 2a3009a | 2009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2053 | } | 
 | 2054 |  | 
 | 2055 | void Sema::PushUsingDirective(Scope *S, UsingDirectiveDecl *UDir) { | 
 | 2056 |   // If scope has associated entity, then using directive is at namespace | 
 | 2057 |   // or translation unit scope. We add UsingDirectiveDecls, into | 
 | 2058 |   // it's lookup structure. | 
 | 2059 |   if (DeclContext *Ctx = static_cast<DeclContext*>(S->getEntity())) | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 17945a0 | 2009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2060 |     Ctx->addDecl(UDir); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 2a3009a | 2009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2061 |   else | 
 | 2062 |     // Otherwise it is block-sope. using-directives will affect lookup | 
 | 2063 |     // only to the end of scope. | 
| Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2064 |     S->PushUsingDirective(DeclPtrTy::make(UDir)); | 
| Douglas Gregor | f780abc | 2008-12-30 03:27:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2065 | } | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 73a0d88 | 2008-10-06 17:10:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2066 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 9cfbe48 | 2009-06-20 00:51:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2067 |  | 
 | 2068 | Sema::DeclPtrTy Sema::ActOnUsingDeclaration(Scope *S, | 
 | 2069 |                                           SourceLocation UsingLoc, | 
 | 2070 |                                           const CXXScopeSpec &SS, | 
 | 2071 |                                           SourceLocation IdentLoc, | 
 | 2072 |                                           IdentifierInfo *TargetName, | 
| Anders Carlsson | 0c6139d | 2009-06-27 00:27:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2073 |                                           OverloadedOperatorKind Op, | 
| Douglas Gregor | 9cfbe48 | 2009-06-20 00:51:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2074 |                                           AttributeList *AttrList, | 
 | 2075 |                                           bool IsTypeName) { | 
 | 2076 |   assert(!SS.isInvalid() && "Invalid CXXScopeSpec."); | 
| Eli Friedman | 5d39dee | 2009-06-27 05:59:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2077 |   assert((TargetName || Op) && "Invalid TargetName."); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 9cfbe48 | 2009-06-20 00:51:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2078 |   assert(IdentLoc.isValid() && "Invalid TargetName location."); | 
 | 2079 |   assert(S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope && "Invalid Scope."); | 
 | 2080 |  | 
 | 2081 |   UsingDecl *UsingAlias = 0; | 
 | 2082 |  | 
| Anders Carlsson | 0c6139d | 2009-06-27 00:27:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2083 |   DeclarationName Name; | 
 | 2084 |   if (TargetName) | 
 | 2085 |     Name = TargetName; | 
 | 2086 |   else | 
 | 2087 |     Name = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Op); | 
 | 2088 |    | 
| Douglas Gregor | 9cfbe48 | 2009-06-20 00:51:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2089 |   // Lookup target name. | 
| Anders Carlsson | 0c6139d | 2009-06-27 00:27:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2090 |   LookupResult R = LookupParsedName(S, &SS, Name, LookupOrdinaryName, false); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 9cfbe48 | 2009-06-20 00:51:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2091 |  | 
 | 2092 |   if (NamedDecl *NS = R) { | 
 | 2093 |     if (IsTypeName && !isa<TypeDecl>(NS)) { | 
 | 2094 |       Diag(IdentLoc, diag::err_using_typename_non_type); | 
 | 2095 |     } | 
 | 2096 |     UsingAlias = UsingDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, IdentLoc, SS.getRange(), | 
 | 2097 |         NS->getLocation(), UsingLoc, NS, | 
 | 2098 |         static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS.getScopeRep()), | 
 | 2099 |         IsTypeName); | 
 | 2100 |     PushOnScopeChains(UsingAlias, S); | 
 | 2101 |   } else { | 
 | 2102 |     Diag(IdentLoc, diag::err_using_requires_qualname) << SS.getRange(); | 
 | 2103 |   } | 
 | 2104 |  | 
 | 2105 |   // FIXME: We ignore attributes for now. | 
 | 2106 |   delete AttrList; | 
 | 2107 |   return DeclPtrTy::make(UsingAlias); | 
 | 2108 | } | 
 | 2109 |  | 
| Anders Carlsson | 81c85c4 | 2009-03-28 23:53:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2110 | /// getNamespaceDecl - Returns the namespace a decl represents. If the decl | 
 | 2111 | /// is a namespace alias, returns the namespace it points to. | 
 | 2112 | static inline NamespaceDecl *getNamespaceDecl(NamedDecl *D) { | 
 | 2113 |   if (NamespaceAliasDecl *AD = dyn_cast_or_null<NamespaceAliasDecl>(D)) | 
 | 2114 |     return AD->getNamespace(); | 
 | 2115 |   return dyn_cast_or_null<NamespaceDecl>(D); | 
 | 2116 | } | 
 | 2117 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2118 | Sema::DeclPtrTy Sema::ActOnNamespaceAliasDef(Scope *S,  | 
| Anders Carlsson | 03bd5a1 | 2009-03-28 22:53:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2119 |                                              SourceLocation NamespaceLoc, | 
| Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2120 |                                              SourceLocation AliasLoc, | 
 | 2121 |                                              IdentifierInfo *Alias, | 
 | 2122 |                                              const CXXScopeSpec &SS, | 
| Anders Carlsson | 03bd5a1 | 2009-03-28 22:53:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2123 |                                              SourceLocation IdentLoc, | 
 | 2124 |                                              IdentifierInfo *Ident) { | 
| Anders Carlsson | 8d7ba40 | 2009-03-28 06:23:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2125 |    | 
| Anders Carlsson | 81c85c4 | 2009-03-28 23:53:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2126 |   // Lookup the namespace name. | 
 | 2127 |   LookupResult R = LookupParsedName(S, &SS, Ident, LookupNamespaceName, false); | 
 | 2128 |  | 
| Anders Carlsson | 8d7ba40 | 2009-03-28 06:23:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2129 |   // Check if we have a previous declaration with the same name. | 
| Anders Carlsson | dd729fc | 2009-03-28 23:49:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2130 |   if (NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupName(S, Alias, LookupOrdinaryName, true)) { | 
| Anders Carlsson | 81c85c4 | 2009-03-28 23:53:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2131 |     if (NamespaceAliasDecl *AD = dyn_cast<NamespaceAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) { | 
 | 2132 |       // We already have an alias with the same name that points to the same  | 
 | 2133 |       // namespace, so don't create a new one. | 
 | 2134 |       if (!R.isAmbiguous() && AD->getNamespace() == getNamespaceDecl(R)) | 
 | 2135 |         return DeclPtrTy(); | 
 | 2136 |     } | 
 | 2137 |      | 
| Anders Carlsson | 8d7ba40 | 2009-03-28 06:23:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2138 |     unsigned DiagID = isa<NamespaceDecl>(PrevDecl) ? diag::err_redefinition : | 
 | 2139 |       diag::err_redefinition_different_kind; | 
 | 2140 |     Diag(AliasLoc, DiagID) << Alias; | 
 | 2141 |     Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); | 
| Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2142 |     return DeclPtrTy(); | 
| Anders Carlsson | 8d7ba40 | 2009-03-28 06:23:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2143 |   } | 
 | 2144 |  | 
| Anders Carlsson | 5721c68 | 2009-03-28 06:42:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2145 |   if (R.isAmbiguous()) { | 
| Anders Carlsson | 03bd5a1 | 2009-03-28 22:53:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2146 |     DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(R, Ident, IdentLoc); | 
| Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2147 |     return DeclPtrTy(); | 
| Anders Carlsson | 5721c68 | 2009-03-28 06:42:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2148 |   } | 
 | 2149 |    | 
 | 2150 |   if (!R) { | 
 | 2151 |     Diag(NamespaceLoc, diag::err_expected_namespace_name) << SS.getRange(); | 
| Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2152 |     return DeclPtrTy(); | 
| Anders Carlsson | 5721c68 | 2009-03-28 06:42:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2153 |   } | 
 | 2154 |    | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | f8dcb86 | 2009-06-19 19:55:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2155 |   NamespaceAliasDecl *AliasDecl = | 
| Douglas Gregor | 6c9c940 | 2009-05-30 06:48:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2156 |     NamespaceAliasDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, NamespaceLoc, AliasLoc,  | 
 | 2157 |                                Alias, SS.getRange(),  | 
 | 2158 |                                (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS.getScopeRep(), | 
| Anders Carlsson | 68771c7 | 2009-03-28 22:58:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2159 |                                IdentLoc, R); | 
 | 2160 |    | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 17945a0 | 2009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2161 |   CurContext->addDecl(AliasDecl); | 
| Anders Carlsson | 68771c7 | 2009-03-28 22:58:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2162 |   return DeclPtrTy::make(AliasDecl); | 
| Anders Carlsson | dbb0094 | 2009-03-28 05:27:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2163 | } | 
 | 2164 |  | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | f8dcb86 | 2009-06-19 19:55:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2165 | void Sema::DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, | 
 | 2166 |                                             CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor) { | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 05a5c45 | 2009-06-22 20:37:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2167 |   assert((Constructor->isImplicit() && Constructor->isDefaultConstructor() && | 
 | 2168 |           !Constructor->isUsed()) && | 
 | 2169 |     "DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor - call it for implicit default ctor"); | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | f8dcb86 | 2009-06-19 19:55:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2170 |    | 
 | 2171 |   CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl | 
 | 2172 |     = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Constructor->getDeclContext()); | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 485f087 | 2009-06-22 23:34:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2173 |   assert(ClassDecl && "DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor - invalid constructor"); | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | f8dcb86 | 2009-06-19 19:55:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2174 |   // Before the implicitly-declared default constructor for a class is  | 
 | 2175 |   // implicitly defined, all the implicitly-declared default constructors | 
 | 2176 |   // for its base class and its non-static data members shall have been | 
 | 2177 |   // implicitly defined. | 
 | 2178 |   bool err = false; | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 514b7b1 | 2009-06-30 16:36:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2179 |   for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator Base = ClassDecl->bases_begin(), | 
 | 2180 |        E = ClassDecl->bases_end(); Base != E; ++Base) { | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | f8dcb86 | 2009-06-19 19:55:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2181 |     CXXRecordDecl *BaseClassDecl | 
| Ted Kremenek | 6217b80 | 2009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2182 |       = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Base->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()); | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | f8dcb86 | 2009-06-19 19:55:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2183 |     if (!BaseClassDecl->hasTrivialConstructor()) { | 
 | 2184 |       if (CXXConstructorDecl *BaseCtor =  | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 220a0f3 | 2009-06-23 23:42:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2185 |             BaseClassDecl->getDefaultConstructor(Context)) | 
 | 2186 |         MarkDeclarationReferenced(CurrentLocation, BaseCtor); | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | f8dcb86 | 2009-06-19 19:55:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2187 |       else { | 
 | 2188 |         Diag(CurrentLocation, diag::err_defining_default_ctor)  | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 3da83eb | 2009-06-20 20:23:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2189 |           << Context.getTagDeclType(ClassDecl) << 1  | 
 | 2190 |           << Context.getTagDeclType(BaseClassDecl); | 
 | 2191 |         Diag(BaseClassDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_class_decl)  | 
 | 2192 |               << Context.getTagDeclType(BaseClassDecl); | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | f8dcb86 | 2009-06-19 19:55:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2193 |         err = true; | 
 | 2194 |       } | 
 | 2195 |     } | 
 | 2196 |   } | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 514b7b1 | 2009-06-30 16:36:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2197 |   for (CXXRecordDecl::field_iterator Field = ClassDecl->field_begin(), | 
 | 2198 |        E = ClassDecl->field_end(); Field != E; ++Field) { | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | f8dcb86 | 2009-06-19 19:55:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2199 |     QualType FieldType = Context.getCanonicalType((*Field)->getType()); | 
 | 2200 |     if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsArrayType(FieldType)) | 
 | 2201 |       FieldType = Array->getElementType(); | 
| Ted Kremenek | 6217b80 | 2009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2202 |     if (const RecordType *FieldClassType = FieldType->getAs<RecordType>()) { | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | f8dcb86 | 2009-06-19 19:55:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2203 |       CXXRecordDecl *FieldClassDecl | 
 | 2204 |         = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FieldClassType->getDecl()); | 
| Duncan Sands | 6887e63 | 2009-06-25 09:03:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2205 |       if (!FieldClassDecl->hasTrivialConstructor()) { | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | f8dcb86 | 2009-06-19 19:55:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2206 |         if (CXXConstructorDecl *FieldCtor =  | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 220a0f3 | 2009-06-23 23:42:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2207 |             FieldClassDecl->getDefaultConstructor(Context)) | 
 | 2208 |           MarkDeclarationReferenced(CurrentLocation, FieldCtor); | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | f8dcb86 | 2009-06-19 19:55:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2209 |         else { | 
 | 2210 |           Diag(CurrentLocation, diag::err_defining_default_ctor)  | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 3da83eb | 2009-06-20 20:23:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2211 |           << Context.getTagDeclType(ClassDecl) << 0 << | 
 | 2212 |               Context.getTagDeclType(FieldClassDecl); | 
 | 2213 |           Diag(FieldClassDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_class_decl)  | 
 | 2214 |           << Context.getTagDeclType(FieldClassDecl); | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | f8dcb86 | 2009-06-19 19:55:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2215 |           err = true; | 
 | 2216 |         } | 
 | 2217 |       } | 
| Mike Stump | ac5fc7c | 2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2218 |     } else if (FieldType->isReferenceType()) { | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | f8dcb86 | 2009-06-19 19:55:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2219 |       Diag(CurrentLocation, diag::err_unintialized_member)  | 
| Anders Carlsson | 5eda816 | 2009-07-09 17:37:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2220 |         << Context.getTagDeclType(ClassDecl) << 0 << Field->getDeclName(); | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | f8dcb86 | 2009-06-19 19:55:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2221 |       Diag((*Field)->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); | 
 | 2222 |       err = true; | 
| Mike Stump | ac5fc7c | 2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2223 |     } else if (FieldType.isConstQualified()) { | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | f8dcb86 | 2009-06-19 19:55:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2224 |       Diag(CurrentLocation, diag::err_unintialized_member)  | 
| Anders Carlsson | 5eda816 | 2009-07-09 17:37:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2225 |         << Context.getTagDeclType(ClassDecl) << 1 << Field->getDeclName(); | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | f8dcb86 | 2009-06-19 19:55:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2226 |        Diag((*Field)->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); | 
 | 2227 |       err = true; | 
 | 2228 |     } | 
 | 2229 |   } | 
 | 2230 |   if (!err) | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | c6249b9 | 2009-06-26 16:08:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2231 |     Constructor->setUsed(); | 
 | 2232 |   else | 
 | 2233 |     Constructor->setInvalidDecl(); | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | f8dcb86 | 2009-06-19 19:55:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2234 | } | 
 | 2235 |  | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 8d2b356 | 2009-06-26 23:49:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2236 | void Sema::DefineImplicitDestructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, | 
 | 2237 |                                             CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor) { | 
 | 2238 |   assert((Destructor->isImplicit() && !Destructor->isUsed()) && | 
 | 2239 |          "DefineImplicitDestructor - call it for implicit default dtor"); | 
 | 2240 |    | 
 | 2241 |   CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl | 
 | 2242 |   = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Destructor->getDeclContext()); | 
 | 2243 |   assert(ClassDecl && "DefineImplicitDestructor - invalid destructor"); | 
 | 2244 |   // C++ [class.dtor] p5 | 
 | 2245 |   // Before the implicitly-declared default destructor for a class is  | 
 | 2246 |   // implicitly defined, all the implicitly-declared default destructors | 
 | 2247 |   // for its base class and its non-static data members shall have been | 
 | 2248 |   // implicitly defined. | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 514b7b1 | 2009-06-30 16:36:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2249 |   for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator Base = ClassDecl->bases_begin(), | 
 | 2250 |        E = ClassDecl->bases_end(); Base != E; ++Base) { | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 8d2b356 | 2009-06-26 23:49:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2251 |     CXXRecordDecl *BaseClassDecl | 
| Ted Kremenek | 6217b80 | 2009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2252 |       = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Base->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()); | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 8d2b356 | 2009-06-26 23:49:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2253 |     if (!BaseClassDecl->hasTrivialDestructor()) { | 
 | 2254 |       if (CXXDestructorDecl *BaseDtor =  | 
 | 2255 |           const_cast<CXXDestructorDecl*>(BaseClassDecl->getDestructor(Context))) | 
 | 2256 |         MarkDeclarationReferenced(CurrentLocation, BaseDtor); | 
 | 2257 |       else | 
 | 2258 |         assert(false &&  | 
 | 2259 |                "DefineImplicitDestructor - missing dtor in a base class"); | 
 | 2260 |     } | 
 | 2261 |   } | 
 | 2262 |    | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 514b7b1 | 2009-06-30 16:36:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2263 |   for (CXXRecordDecl::field_iterator Field = ClassDecl->field_begin(), | 
 | 2264 |        E = ClassDecl->field_end(); Field != E; ++Field) { | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 8d2b356 | 2009-06-26 23:49:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2265 |     QualType FieldType = Context.getCanonicalType((*Field)->getType()); | 
 | 2266 |     if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsArrayType(FieldType)) | 
 | 2267 |       FieldType = Array->getElementType(); | 
| Ted Kremenek | 6217b80 | 2009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2268 |     if (const RecordType *FieldClassType = FieldType->getAs<RecordType>()) { | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 8d2b356 | 2009-06-26 23:49:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2269 |       CXXRecordDecl *FieldClassDecl | 
 | 2270 |         = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FieldClassType->getDecl()); | 
 | 2271 |       if (!FieldClassDecl->hasTrivialDestructor()) { | 
 | 2272 |         if (CXXDestructorDecl *FieldDtor =  | 
 | 2273 |             const_cast<CXXDestructorDecl*>( | 
 | 2274 |                                         FieldClassDecl->getDestructor(Context))) | 
 | 2275 |           MarkDeclarationReferenced(CurrentLocation, FieldDtor); | 
 | 2276 |         else | 
 | 2277 |           assert(false &&  | 
 | 2278 |           "DefineImplicitDestructor - missing dtor in class of a data member"); | 
 | 2279 |       } | 
 | 2280 |     } | 
 | 2281 |   } | 
 | 2282 |   Destructor->setUsed(); | 
 | 2283 | } | 
 | 2284 |  | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | c75bc2d | 2009-06-25 21:45:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2285 | void Sema::DefineImplicitOverloadedAssign(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, | 
 | 2286 |                                           CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl) { | 
 | 2287 |   assert((MethodDecl->isImplicit() && MethodDecl->isOverloadedOperator() && | 
 | 2288 |           MethodDecl->getOverloadedOperator() == OO_Equal && | 
 | 2289 |           !MethodDecl->isUsed()) && | 
 | 2290 |          "DefineImplicitOverloadedAssign - call it for implicit assignment op"); | 
 | 2291 |    | 
 | 2292 |   CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl | 
 | 2293 |     = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(MethodDecl->getDeclContext()); | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | c75bc2d | 2009-06-25 21:45:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2294 |    | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | c6249b9 | 2009-06-26 16:08:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2295 |   // C++[class.copy] p12 | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | c75bc2d | 2009-06-25 21:45:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2296 |   // Before the implicitly-declared copy assignment operator for a class is | 
 | 2297 |   // implicitly defined, all implicitly-declared copy assignment operators | 
 | 2298 |   // for its direct base classes and its nonstatic data members shall have | 
 | 2299 |   // been implicitly defined. | 
 | 2300 |   bool err = false; | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 514b7b1 | 2009-06-30 16:36:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2301 |   for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator Base = ClassDecl->bases_begin(), | 
 | 2302 |        E = ClassDecl->bases_end(); Base != E; ++Base) { | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | c75bc2d | 2009-06-25 21:45:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2303 |     CXXRecordDecl *BaseClassDecl | 
| Ted Kremenek | 6217b80 | 2009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2304 |       = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Base->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()); | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | c75bc2d | 2009-06-25 21:45:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2305 |     if (CXXMethodDecl *BaseAssignOpMethod =  | 
 | 2306 |           getAssignOperatorMethod(MethodDecl->getParamDecl(0), BaseClassDecl)) | 
 | 2307 |       MarkDeclarationReferenced(CurrentLocation, BaseAssignOpMethod); | 
 | 2308 |   } | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 514b7b1 | 2009-06-30 16:36:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2309 |   for (CXXRecordDecl::field_iterator Field = ClassDecl->field_begin(), | 
 | 2310 |        E = ClassDecl->field_end(); Field != E; ++Field) { | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | c75bc2d | 2009-06-25 21:45:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2311 |     QualType FieldType = Context.getCanonicalType((*Field)->getType()); | 
 | 2312 |     if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsArrayType(FieldType)) | 
 | 2313 |       FieldType = Array->getElementType(); | 
| Ted Kremenek | 6217b80 | 2009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2314 |     if (const RecordType *FieldClassType = FieldType->getAs<RecordType>()) { | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | c75bc2d | 2009-06-25 21:45:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2315 |       CXXRecordDecl *FieldClassDecl | 
 | 2316 |         = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FieldClassType->getDecl()); | 
 | 2317 |       if (CXXMethodDecl *FieldAssignOpMethod =  | 
 | 2318 |           getAssignOperatorMethod(MethodDecl->getParamDecl(0), FieldClassDecl)) | 
 | 2319 |         MarkDeclarationReferenced(CurrentLocation, FieldAssignOpMethod); | 
| Mike Stump | ac5fc7c | 2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2320 |     } else if (FieldType->isReferenceType()) { | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 8d2b356 | 2009-06-26 23:49:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2321 |       Diag(ClassDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_uninitialized_member_for_assign)  | 
| Anders Carlsson | 5e09d4c | 2009-07-09 17:47:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2322 |       << Context.getTagDeclType(ClassDecl) << 0 << Field->getDeclName(); | 
 | 2323 |       Diag(Field->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | c75bc2d | 2009-06-25 21:45:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2324 |       Diag(CurrentLocation, diag::note_first_required_here); | 
 | 2325 |       err = true; | 
| Mike Stump | ac5fc7c | 2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2326 |     } else if (FieldType.isConstQualified()) { | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 8d2b356 | 2009-06-26 23:49:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2327 |       Diag(ClassDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_uninitialized_member_for_assign)  | 
| Anders Carlsson | 5e09d4c | 2009-07-09 17:47:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2328 |       << Context.getTagDeclType(ClassDecl) << 1 << Field->getDeclName(); | 
 | 2329 |       Diag(Field->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | c75bc2d | 2009-06-25 21:45:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2330 |       Diag(CurrentLocation, diag::note_first_required_here); | 
 | 2331 |       err = true; | 
 | 2332 |     } | 
 | 2333 |   } | 
 | 2334 |   if (!err) | 
 | 2335 |     MethodDecl->setUsed();     | 
 | 2336 | } | 
 | 2337 |  | 
 | 2338 | CXXMethodDecl * | 
 | 2339 | Sema::getAssignOperatorMethod(ParmVarDecl *ParmDecl, | 
 | 2340 |                               CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl) { | 
 | 2341 |   QualType LHSType = Context.getTypeDeclType(ClassDecl); | 
 | 2342 |   QualType RHSType(LHSType); | 
 | 2343 |   // If class's assignment operator argument is const/volatile qualified, | 
 | 2344 |   // look for operator = (const/volatile B&). Otherwise, look for  | 
 | 2345 |   // operator = (B&). | 
 | 2346 |   if (ParmDecl->getType().isConstQualified()) | 
 | 2347 |     RHSType.addConst(); | 
 | 2348 |   if (ParmDecl->getType().isVolatileQualified()) | 
 | 2349 |     RHSType.addVolatile(); | 
 | 2350 |   ExprOwningPtr<Expr> LHS(this,  new (Context) DeclRefExpr(ParmDecl,  | 
 | 2351 |                                                           LHSType,  | 
 | 2352 |                                                           SourceLocation())); | 
 | 2353 |   ExprOwningPtr<Expr> RHS(this,  new (Context) DeclRefExpr(ParmDecl,  | 
 | 2354 |                                                           RHSType,  | 
 | 2355 |                                                           SourceLocation())); | 
 | 2356 |   Expr *Args[2] = { &*LHS, &*RHS }; | 
 | 2357 |   OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet; | 
 | 2358 |   AddMemberOperatorCandidates(clang::OO_Equal, SourceLocation(), Args, 2,  | 
 | 2359 |                               CandidateSet); | 
 | 2360 |   OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best; | 
 | 2361 |   if (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet,  | 
 | 2362 |                          ClassDecl->getLocation(), Best) == OR_Success) | 
 | 2363 |     return cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Best->Function); | 
 | 2364 |   assert(false && | 
 | 2365 |          "getAssignOperatorMethod - copy assignment operator method not found"); | 
 | 2366 |   return 0; | 
 | 2367 | } | 
 | 2368 |  | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 485f087 | 2009-06-22 23:34:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2369 | void Sema::DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, | 
 | 2370 |                                    CXXConstructorDecl *CopyConstructor, | 
 | 2371 |                                    unsigned TypeQuals) { | 
 | 2372 |   assert((CopyConstructor->isImplicit() &&  | 
 | 2373 |           CopyConstructor->isCopyConstructor(Context, TypeQuals) && | 
 | 2374 |           !CopyConstructor->isUsed()) && | 
 | 2375 |          "DefineImplicitCopyConstructor - call it for implicit copy ctor"); | 
 | 2376 |    | 
 | 2377 |   CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl | 
 | 2378 |     = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CopyConstructor->getDeclContext()); | 
 | 2379 |   assert(ClassDecl && "DefineImplicitCopyConstructor - invalid constructor"); | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 220a0f3 | 2009-06-23 23:42:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2380 |   // C++ [class.copy] p209 | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 485f087 | 2009-06-22 23:34:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2381 |   // Before the implicitly-declared copy constructor for a class is  | 
 | 2382 |   // implicitly defined, all the implicitly-declared copy constructors | 
 | 2383 |   // for its base class and its non-static data members shall have been | 
 | 2384 |   // implicitly defined. | 
 | 2385 |   for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator Base = ClassDecl->bases_begin(); | 
 | 2386 |        Base != ClassDecl->bases_end(); ++Base) { | 
 | 2387 |     CXXRecordDecl *BaseClassDecl | 
| Ted Kremenek | 6217b80 | 2009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2388 |       = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Base->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()); | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 485f087 | 2009-06-22 23:34:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2389 |     if (CXXConstructorDecl *BaseCopyCtor =  | 
 | 2390 |         BaseClassDecl->getCopyConstructor(Context, TypeQuals)) | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 220a0f3 | 2009-06-23 23:42:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2391 |       MarkDeclarationReferenced(CurrentLocation, BaseCopyCtor); | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 485f087 | 2009-06-22 23:34:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2392 |   } | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 17945a0 | 2009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2393 |   for (CXXRecordDecl::field_iterator Field = ClassDecl->field_begin(), | 
 | 2394 |                                   FieldEnd = ClassDecl->field_end(); | 
 | 2395 |        Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) { | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 485f087 | 2009-06-22 23:34:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2396 |     QualType FieldType = Context.getCanonicalType((*Field)->getType()); | 
 | 2397 |     if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsArrayType(FieldType)) | 
 | 2398 |       FieldType = Array->getElementType(); | 
| Ted Kremenek | 6217b80 | 2009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2399 |     if (const RecordType *FieldClassType = FieldType->getAs<RecordType>()) { | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 485f087 | 2009-06-22 23:34:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2400 |       CXXRecordDecl *FieldClassDecl | 
 | 2401 |         = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FieldClassType->getDecl()); | 
 | 2402 |       if (CXXConstructorDecl *FieldCopyCtor =  | 
 | 2403 |           FieldClassDecl->getCopyConstructor(Context, TypeQuals)) | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 220a0f3 | 2009-06-23 23:42:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2404 |         MarkDeclarationReferenced(CurrentLocation, FieldCopyCtor); | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 485f087 | 2009-06-22 23:34:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2405 |     } | 
 | 2406 |   } | 
 | 2407 |   CopyConstructor->setUsed(); | 
 | 2408 | } | 
 | 2409 |  | 
| Anders Carlsson | da3f4e2 | 2009-08-25 05:12:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2410 | Sema::OwningExprResult | 
 | 2411 | Sema::BuildCXXConstructExpr(QualType DeclInitType, | 
 | 2412 |                             CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, | 
 | 2413 |                             Expr **Exprs, unsigned NumExprs) { | 
| Anders Carlsson | 9abf2ae | 2009-08-16 05:13:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2414 |   bool Elidable = false; | 
 | 2415 |    | 
 | 2416 |   // [class.copy]p15: | 
 | 2417 |   // Whenever a temporary class object is copied using a copy constructor, and  | 
 | 2418 |   // this object and the copy have the same cv-unqualified type, an  | 
 | 2419 |   // implementation is permitted to treat the original and the copy as two | 
 | 2420 |   // different ways of referring to the same object and not perform a copy at | 
 | 2421 |   //all, even if the class copy constructor or destructor have side effects. | 
 | 2422 |    | 
 | 2423 |   // FIXME: Is this enough? | 
 | 2424 |   if (Constructor->isCopyConstructor(Context) && NumExprs == 1) { | 
 | 2425 |     Expr *E = Exprs[0]; | 
 | 2426 |     while (CXXBindTemporaryExpr *BE = dyn_cast<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(E)) | 
 | 2427 |       E = BE->getSubExpr(); | 
 | 2428 |      | 
 | 2429 |     if (isa<CallExpr>(E) || isa<CXXTemporaryObjectExpr>(E)) | 
 | 2430 |       Elidable = true; | 
 | 2431 |   } | 
 | 2432 |    | 
 | 2433 |   return BuildCXXConstructExpr(DeclInitType, Constructor, Elidable, | 
 | 2434 |                                Exprs, NumExprs); | 
 | 2435 | } | 
 | 2436 |  | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | b2c352e | 2009-08-05 17:03:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2437 | /// BuildCXXConstructExpr - Creates a complete call to a constructor, | 
 | 2438 | /// including handling of its default argument expressions. | 
| Anders Carlsson | da3f4e2 | 2009-08-25 05:12:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2439 | Sema::OwningExprResult | 
 | 2440 | Sema::BuildCXXConstructExpr(QualType DeclInitType,  | 
 | 2441 |                             CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, | 
 | 2442 |                             bool Elidable, | 
 | 2443 |                             Expr **Exprs,  | 
 | 2444 |                             unsigned NumExprs) { | 
| Anders Carlsson | 8644aec | 2009-08-25 13:07:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 2445 |   ExprOwningPtr<CXXConstructExpr> Temp(this,  | 
 | 2446 |                                        CXXConstructExpr::Create(Context,  | 
 | 2447 |                                                                 DeclInitType,  | 
 | 2448 |                                                                 Constructor,  | 
 | 2449 |                                                                 Elidable, | 
 | 2450 |                                                                 Exprs, | 
 | 2451 |                                                                 NumExprs)); | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 2eeed7b | 2009-08-05 00:26:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2452 |   // default arguments must be added to constructor call expression. | 
 | 2453 |   FunctionDecl *FDecl = cast<FunctionDecl>(Constructor); | 
 | 2454 |   unsigned NumArgsInProto = FDecl->param_size(); | 
 | 2455 |   for (unsigned j = NumExprs; j != NumArgsInProto; j++) { | 
| Anders Carlsson | 8644aec | 2009-08-25 13:07:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 2456 |     ParmVarDecl *Param = FDecl->getParamDecl(j); | 
 | 2457 |  | 
 | 2458 |     OwningExprResult ArgExpr =  | 
 | 2459 |       BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(/*FIXME:*/SourceLocation(), | 
 | 2460 |                              FDecl, Param); | 
 | 2461 |     if (ArgExpr.isInvalid()) | 
 | 2462 |       return ExprError(); | 
 | 2463 |  | 
 | 2464 |     Temp->setArg(j, ArgExpr.takeAs<Expr>()); | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 2eeed7b | 2009-08-05 00:26:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2465 |   } | 
| Anders Carlsson | 8644aec | 2009-08-25 13:07:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 2466 |   return move(Temp); | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | b2c352e | 2009-08-05 17:03:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2467 | } | 
 | 2468 |  | 
| Anders Carlsson | fe2de49 | 2009-08-25 05:18:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2469 | bool Sema::InitializeVarWithConstructor(VarDecl *VD,  | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | b2c352e | 2009-08-05 17:03:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2470 |                                         CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, | 
 | 2471 |                                         QualType DeclInitType,  | 
 | 2472 |                                         Expr **Exprs, unsigned NumExprs) { | 
| Anders Carlsson | da3f4e2 | 2009-08-25 05:12:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2473 |   OwningExprResult TempResult = BuildCXXConstructExpr(DeclInitType, Constructor,  | 
 | 2474 |                                                       Exprs, NumExprs); | 
| Anders Carlsson | fe2de49 | 2009-08-25 05:18:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2475 |   if (TempResult.isInvalid()) | 
 | 2476 |     return true; | 
| Anders Carlsson | da3f4e2 | 2009-08-25 05:12:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2477 |    | 
 | 2478 |   Expr *Temp = TempResult.takeAs<Expr>(); | 
| Douglas Gregor | d7f37bf | 2009-06-22 23:06:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2479 |   MarkDeclarationReferenced(VD->getLocation(), Constructor); | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | caa499b | 2009-08-05 18:17:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2480 |   Temp = MaybeCreateCXXExprWithTemporaries(Temp, /*DestroyTemps=*/true); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 78d1583 | 2009-05-26 18:54:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2481 |   VD->setInit(Context, Temp); | 
| Anders Carlsson | fe2de49 | 2009-08-25 05:18:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2482 |    | 
 | 2483 |   return false; | 
| Anders Carlsson | 930e8d0 | 2009-04-16 23:50:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2484 | } | 
 | 2485 |  | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | a83f7ed | 2009-08-03 19:13:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2486 | void Sema::FinalizeVarWithDestructor(VarDecl *VD, QualType DeclInitType) | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 8d2b356 | 2009-06-26 23:49:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2487 | { | 
 | 2488 |   CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>( | 
| Ted Kremenek | 6217b80 | 2009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2489 |                                   DeclInitType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()); | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 8d2b356 | 2009-06-26 23:49:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2490 |   if (!ClassDecl->hasTrivialDestructor()) | 
 | 2491 |     if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor =  | 
 | 2492 |         const_cast<CXXDestructorDecl*>(ClassDecl->getDestructor(Context))) | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | a83f7ed | 2009-08-03 19:13:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2493 |       MarkDeclarationReferenced(VD->getLocation(), Destructor); | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 8d2b356 | 2009-06-26 23:49:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2494 | } | 
 | 2495 |  | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 73a0d88 | 2008-10-06 17:10:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2496 | /// AddCXXDirectInitializerToDecl - This action is called immediately after  | 
 | 2497 | /// ActOnDeclarator, when a C++ direct initializer is present. | 
 | 2498 | /// e.g: "int x(1);" | 
| Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2499 | void Sema::AddCXXDirectInitializerToDecl(DeclPtrTy Dcl, | 
 | 2500 |                                          SourceLocation LParenLoc, | 
| Sebastian Redl | f53597f | 2009-03-15 17:47:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2501 |                                          MultiExprArg Exprs, | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 73a0d88 | 2008-10-06 17:10:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2502 |                                          SourceLocation *CommaLocs, | 
 | 2503 |                                          SourceLocation RParenLoc) { | 
| Sebastian Redl | f53597f | 2009-03-15 17:47:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2504 |   unsigned NumExprs = Exprs.size(); | 
 | 2505 |   assert(NumExprs != 0 && Exprs.get() && "missing expressions"); | 
| Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2506 |   Decl *RealDecl = Dcl.getAs<Decl>(); | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 73a0d88 | 2008-10-06 17:10:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2507 |  | 
 | 2508 |   // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it.  Just ignore | 
 | 2509 |   // the initializer. | 
| Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2510 |   if (RealDecl == 0) | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 73a0d88 | 2008-10-06 17:10:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2511 |     return; | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 73a0d88 | 2008-10-06 17:10:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2512 |    | 
 | 2513 |   VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl); | 
 | 2514 |   if (!VDecl) { | 
 | 2515 |     Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer); | 
 | 2516 |     RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 | 2517 |     return; | 
 | 2518 |   } | 
 | 2519 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 615c5d4 | 2009-03-24 16:43:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2520 |   // FIXME: Need to handle dependent types and expressions here. | 
 | 2521 |  | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | ce8e292 | 2008-10-06 23:08:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2522 |   // We will treat direct-initialization as a copy-initialization: | 
 | 2523 |   //    int x(1);  -as-> int x = 1; | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 73a0d88 | 2008-10-06 17:10:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2524 |   //    ClassType x(a,b,c); -as-> ClassType x = ClassType(a,b,c); | 
 | 2525 |   // | 
 | 2526 |   // Clients that want to distinguish between the two forms, can check for | 
 | 2527 |   // direct initializer using VarDecl::hasCXXDirectInitializer(). | 
 | 2528 |   // A major benefit is that clients that don't particularly care about which | 
 | 2529 |   // exactly form was it (like the CodeGen) can handle both cases without | 
 | 2530 |   // special case code. | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 06ad1f5 | 2008-10-06 18:37:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2531 |  | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 73a0d88 | 2008-10-06 17:10:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2532 |   // C++ 8.5p11: | 
 | 2533 |   // The form of initialization (using parentheses or '=') is generally | 
 | 2534 |   // insignificant, but does matter when the entity being initialized has a | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 06ad1f5 | 2008-10-06 18:37:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2535 |   // class type. | 
| Douglas Gregor | 18fe568 | 2008-11-03 20:45:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2536 |   QualType DeclInitType = VDecl->getType(); | 
 | 2537 |   if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsArrayType(DeclInitType)) | 
 | 2538 |     DeclInitType = Array->getElementType(); | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 06ad1f5 | 2008-10-06 18:37:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2539 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 615c5d4 | 2009-03-24 16:43:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2540 |   // FIXME: This isn't the right place to complete the type. | 
 | 2541 |   if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), | 
 | 2542 |                           diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { | 
 | 2543 |     VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 | 2544 |     return; | 
 | 2545 |   } | 
 | 2546 |  | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 06ad1f5 | 2008-10-06 18:37:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2547 |   if (VDecl->getType()->isRecordType()) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | 18fe568 | 2008-11-03 20:45:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2548 |     CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor | 
| Sebastian Redl | f53597f | 2009-03-15 17:47:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2549 |       = PerformInitializationByConstructor(DeclInitType, | 
 | 2550 |                                            (Expr **)Exprs.get(), NumExprs, | 
| Douglas Gregor | f03d7c7 | 2008-11-05 15:29:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2551 |                                            VDecl->getLocation(), | 
 | 2552 |                                            SourceRange(VDecl->getLocation(), | 
 | 2553 |                                                        RParenLoc), | 
| Chris Lattner | d9d22dd | 2008-11-24 05:29:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2554 |                                            VDecl->getDeclName(), | 
| Douglas Gregor | f03d7c7 | 2008-11-05 15:29:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2555 |                                            IK_Direct); | 
| Sebastian Redl | f53597f | 2009-03-15 17:47:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2556 |     if (!Constructor) | 
| Douglas Gregor | 18fe568 | 2008-11-03 20:45:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2557 |       RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); | 
| Anders Carlsson | ca29ad9 | 2009-04-15 21:48:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2558 |     else { | 
| Anders Carlsson | ca29ad9 | 2009-04-15 21:48:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2559 |       VDecl->setCXXDirectInitializer(true); | 
| Anders Carlsson | fe2de49 | 2009-08-25 05:18:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2560 |       if (InitializeVarWithConstructor(VDecl, Constructor, DeclInitType,  | 
 | 2561 |                                        (Expr**)Exprs.release(), NumExprs)) | 
 | 2562 |         RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | a83f7ed | 2009-08-03 19:13:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2563 |       FinalizeVarWithDestructor(VDecl, DeclInitType); | 
| Anders Carlsson | ca29ad9 | 2009-04-15 21:48:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2564 |     } | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 06ad1f5 | 2008-10-06 18:37:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2565 |     return; | 
 | 2566 |   } | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 73a0d88 | 2008-10-06 17:10:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2567 |  | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | ce8e292 | 2008-10-06 23:08:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2568 |   if (NumExprs > 1) { | 
| Chris Lattner | dcd5ef1 | 2008-11-19 05:27:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2569 |     Diag(CommaLocs[0], diag::err_builtin_direct_init_more_than_one_arg) | 
 | 2570 |       << SourceRange(VDecl->getLocation(), RParenLoc); | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 73a0d88 | 2008-10-06 17:10:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2571 |     RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 | 2572 |     return; | 
 | 2573 |   } | 
 | 2574 |  | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 73a0d88 | 2008-10-06 17:10:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2575 |   // Let clients know that initialization was done with a direct initializer. | 
 | 2576 |   VDecl->setCXXDirectInitializer(true); | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | ce8e292 | 2008-10-06 23:08:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2577 |  | 
 | 2578 |   assert(NumExprs == 1 && "Expected 1 expression"); | 
 | 2579 |   // Set the init expression, handles conversions. | 
| Sebastian Redl | f53597f | 2009-03-15 17:47:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2580 |   AddInitializerToDecl(Dcl, ExprArg(*this, Exprs.release()[0]), | 
 | 2581 |                        /*DirectInit=*/true); | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 73a0d88 | 2008-10-06 17:10:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2582 | } | 
| Douglas Gregor | 27c8dc0 | 2008-10-29 00:13:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2583 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | f03d7c7 | 2008-11-05 15:29:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2584 | /// PerformInitializationByConstructor - Perform initialization by | 
 | 2585 | /// constructor (C++ [dcl.init]p14), which may occur as part of | 
 | 2586 | /// direct-initialization or copy-initialization. We are initializing | 
 | 2587 | /// an object of type @p ClassType with the given arguments @p | 
 | 2588 | /// Args. @p Loc is the location in the source code where the | 
 | 2589 | /// initializer occurs (e.g., a declaration, member initializer, | 
 | 2590 | /// functional cast, etc.) while @p Range covers the whole | 
 | 2591 | /// initialization. @p InitEntity is the entity being initialized, | 
 | 2592 | /// which may by the name of a declaration or a type. @p Kind is the | 
 | 2593 | /// kind of initialization we're performing, which affects whether | 
 | 2594 | /// explicit constructors will be considered. When successful, returns | 
| Douglas Gregor | 18fe568 | 2008-11-03 20:45:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2595 | /// the constructor that will be used to perform the initialization; | 
| Douglas Gregor | f03d7c7 | 2008-11-05 15:29:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2596 | /// when the initialization fails, emits a diagnostic and returns | 
 | 2597 | /// null. | 
| Douglas Gregor | 18fe568 | 2008-11-03 20:45:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2598 | CXXConstructorDecl * | 
| Douglas Gregor | f03d7c7 | 2008-11-05 15:29:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2599 | Sema::PerformInitializationByConstructor(QualType ClassType, | 
 | 2600 |                                          Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, | 
 | 2601 |                                          SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, | 
| Chris Lattner | d9d22dd | 2008-11-24 05:29:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2602 |                                          DeclarationName InitEntity, | 
| Douglas Gregor | f03d7c7 | 2008-11-05 15:29:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2603 |                                          InitializationKind Kind) { | 
| Ted Kremenek | 6217b80 | 2009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2604 |   const RecordType *ClassRec = ClassType->getAs<RecordType>(); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 18fe568 | 2008-11-03 20:45:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2605 |   assert(ClassRec && "Can only initialize a class type here"); | 
 | 2606 |  | 
 | 2607 |   // C++ [dcl.init]p14:  | 
 | 2608 |   // | 
 | 2609 |   //   If the initialization is direct-initialization, or if it is | 
 | 2610 |   //   copy-initialization where the cv-unqualified version of the | 
 | 2611 |   //   source type is the same class as, or a derived class of, the | 
 | 2612 |   //   class of the destination, constructors are considered. The | 
 | 2613 |   //   applicable constructors are enumerated (13.3.1.3), and the | 
 | 2614 |   //   best one is chosen through overload resolution (13.3). The | 
 | 2615 |   //   constructor so selected is called to initialize the object, | 
 | 2616 |   //   with the initializer expression(s) as its argument(s). If no | 
 | 2617 |   //   constructor applies, or the overload resolution is ambiguous, | 
 | 2618 |   //   the initialization is ill-formed. | 
| Douglas Gregor | 18fe568 | 2008-11-03 20:45:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2619 |   const CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(ClassRec->getDecl()); | 
 | 2620 |   OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet; | 
| Douglas Gregor | f03d7c7 | 2008-11-05 15:29:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2621 |  | 
 | 2622 |   // Add constructors to the overload set. | 
| Douglas Gregor | 9e7d9de | 2008-12-15 21:24:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2623 |   DeclarationName ConstructorName  | 
 | 2624 |     = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( | 
 | 2625 |                        Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType.getUnqualifiedType())); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 3fc749d | 2008-12-23 00:26:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2626 |   DeclContext::lookup_const_iterator Con, ConEnd; | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 17945a0 | 2009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2627 |   for (llvm::tie(Con, ConEnd) = ClassDecl->lookup(ConstructorName); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 3fc749d | 2008-12-23 00:26:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2628 |        Con != ConEnd; ++Con) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | dec0666 | 2009-08-21 18:42:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2629 |     // Find the constructor (which may be a template). | 
 | 2630 |     CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = 0; | 
 | 2631 |     FunctionTemplateDecl *ConstructorTmpl= dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*Con); | 
 | 2632 |     if (ConstructorTmpl) | 
 | 2633 |       Constructor  | 
 | 2634 |         = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(ConstructorTmpl->getTemplatedDecl()); | 
 | 2635 |     else | 
 | 2636 |       Constructor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(*Con); | 
 | 2637 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | f03d7c7 | 2008-11-05 15:29:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2638 |     if ((Kind == IK_Direct) || | 
 | 2639 |         (Kind == IK_Copy && Constructor->isConvertingConstructor()) || | 
| Douglas Gregor | dec0666 | 2009-08-21 18:42:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2640 |         (Kind == IK_Default && Constructor->isDefaultConstructor())) { | 
 | 2641 |       if (ConstructorTmpl) | 
 | 2642 |         AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(ConstructorTmpl, false, 0, 0,  | 
 | 2643 |                                      Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet); | 
 | 2644 |       else | 
 | 2645 |         AddOverloadCandidate(Constructor, Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet); | 
 | 2646 |     } | 
| Douglas Gregor | f03d7c7 | 2008-11-05 15:29:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2647 |   } | 
 | 2648 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 9e7d9de | 2008-12-15 21:24:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2649 |   // FIXME: When we decide not to synthesize the implicitly-declared | 
 | 2650 |   // constructors, we'll need to make them appear here. | 
 | 2651 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 18fe568 | 2008-11-03 20:45:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2652 |   OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best; | 
| Douglas Gregor | e0762c9 | 2009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2653 |   switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, Loc, Best)) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | 18fe568 | 2008-11-03 20:45:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2654 |   case OR_Success: | 
 | 2655 |     // We found a constructor. Return it. | 
 | 2656 |     return cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Best->Function); | 
 | 2657 |      | 
 | 2658 |   case OR_No_Viable_Function: | 
| Douglas Gregor | 87fd703 | 2009-02-02 17:43:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2659 |     if (InitEntity) | 
 | 2660 |       Diag(Loc, diag::err_ovl_no_viable_function_in_init) | 
| Chris Lattner | 4330d65 | 2009-02-17 07:29:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2661 |         << InitEntity << Range; | 
| Douglas Gregor | 87fd703 | 2009-02-02 17:43:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2662 |     else | 
 | 2663 |       Diag(Loc, diag::err_ovl_no_viable_function_in_init) | 
| Chris Lattner | 4330d65 | 2009-02-17 07:29:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2664 |         << ClassType << Range; | 
| Sebastian Redl | e4c452c | 2008-11-22 13:44:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2665 |     PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/false); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 18fe568 | 2008-11-03 20:45:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2666 |     return 0; | 
 | 2667 |      | 
 | 2668 |   case OR_Ambiguous: | 
| Douglas Gregor | 87fd703 | 2009-02-02 17:43:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2669 |     if (InitEntity) | 
 | 2670 |       Diag(Loc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_init) << InitEntity << Range; | 
 | 2671 |     else | 
 | 2672 |       Diag(Loc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_init) << ClassType << Range; | 
| Douglas Gregor | 18fe568 | 2008-11-03 20:45:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2673 |     PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true); | 
 | 2674 |     return 0; | 
| Douglas Gregor | 48f3bb9 | 2009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2675 |  | 
 | 2676 |   case OR_Deleted: | 
 | 2677 |     if (InitEntity) | 
 | 2678 |       Diag(Loc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_init) | 
 | 2679 |         << Best->Function->isDeleted() | 
 | 2680 |         << InitEntity << Range; | 
 | 2681 |     else | 
 | 2682 |       Diag(Loc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_init) | 
 | 2683 |         << Best->Function->isDeleted() | 
 | 2684 |         << InitEntity << Range; | 
 | 2685 |     PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true); | 
 | 2686 |     return 0; | 
| Douglas Gregor | 18fe568 | 2008-11-03 20:45:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2687 |   } | 
 | 2688 |    | 
 | 2689 |   return 0; | 
 | 2690 | } | 
 | 2691 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 27c8dc0 | 2008-10-29 00:13:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2692 | /// CompareReferenceRelationship - Compare the two types T1 and T2 to | 
 | 2693 | /// determine whether they are reference-related, | 
 | 2694 | /// reference-compatible, reference-compatible with added | 
 | 2695 | /// qualification, or incompatible, for use in C++ initialization by | 
 | 2696 | /// reference (C++ [dcl.ref.init]p4). Neither type can be a reference | 
 | 2697 | /// type, and the first type (T1) is the pointee type of the reference | 
 | 2698 | /// type being initialized. | 
 | 2699 | Sema::ReferenceCompareResult  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 15da57e | 2008-10-29 02:00:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2700 | Sema::CompareReferenceRelationship(QualType T1, QualType T2,  | 
 | 2701 |                                    bool& DerivedToBase) { | 
| Sebastian Redl | 7c80bd6 | 2009-03-16 23:22:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2702 |   assert(!T1->isReferenceType() && | 
 | 2703 |     "T1 must be the pointee type of the reference type"); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 27c8dc0 | 2008-10-29 00:13:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2704 |   assert(!T2->isReferenceType() && "T2 cannot be a reference type"); | 
 | 2705 |  | 
 | 2706 |   T1 = Context.getCanonicalType(T1); | 
 | 2707 |   T2 = Context.getCanonicalType(T2); | 
 | 2708 |   QualType UnqualT1 = T1.getUnqualifiedType(); | 
 | 2709 |   QualType UnqualT2 = T2.getUnqualifiedType(); | 
 | 2710 |  | 
 | 2711 |   // C++ [dcl.init.ref]p4: | 
| Eli Friedman | 33a3138 | 2009-08-05 19:21:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2712 |   //   Given types "cv1 T1" and "cv2 T2," "cv1 T1" is | 
 | 2713 |   //   reference-related to "cv2 T2" if T1 is the same type as T2, or  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 27c8dc0 | 2008-10-29 00:13:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2714 |   //   T1 is a base class of T2. | 
| Douglas Gregor | 15da57e | 2008-10-29 02:00:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2715 |   if (UnqualT1 == UnqualT2) | 
 | 2716 |     DerivedToBase = false; | 
 | 2717 |   else if (IsDerivedFrom(UnqualT2, UnqualT1)) | 
 | 2718 |     DerivedToBase = true; | 
 | 2719 |   else | 
| Douglas Gregor | 27c8dc0 | 2008-10-29 00:13:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2720 |     return Ref_Incompatible; | 
 | 2721 |  | 
 | 2722 |   // At this point, we know that T1 and T2 are reference-related (at | 
 | 2723 |   // least). | 
 | 2724 |  | 
 | 2725 |   // C++ [dcl.init.ref]p4: | 
| Eli Friedman | 33a3138 | 2009-08-05 19:21:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2726 |   //   "cv1 T1" is reference-compatible with "cv2 T2" if T1 is | 
| Douglas Gregor | 27c8dc0 | 2008-10-29 00:13:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2727 |   //   reference-related to T2 and cv1 is the same cv-qualification | 
 | 2728 |   //   as, or greater cv-qualification than, cv2. For purposes of | 
 | 2729 |   //   overload resolution, cases for which cv1 is greater | 
 | 2730 |   //   cv-qualification than cv2 are identified as | 
 | 2731 |   //   reference-compatible with added qualification (see 13.3.3.2). | 
 | 2732 |   if (T1.getCVRQualifiers() == T2.getCVRQualifiers()) | 
 | 2733 |     return Ref_Compatible; | 
 | 2734 |   else if (T1.isMoreQualifiedThan(T2)) | 
 | 2735 |     return Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification; | 
 | 2736 |   else | 
 | 2737 |     return Ref_Related; | 
 | 2738 | } | 
 | 2739 |  | 
 | 2740 | /// CheckReferenceInit - Check the initialization of a reference | 
 | 2741 | /// variable with the given initializer (C++ [dcl.init.ref]). Init is | 
 | 2742 | /// the initializer (either a simple initializer or an initializer | 
| Douglas Gregor | 3205a78 | 2008-10-29 23:31:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2743 | /// list), and DeclType is the type of the declaration. When ICS is | 
 | 2744 | /// non-null, this routine will compute the implicit conversion | 
 | 2745 | /// sequence according to C++ [over.ics.ref] and will not produce any | 
 | 2746 | /// diagnostics; when ICS is null, it will emit diagnostics when any | 
 | 2747 | /// errors are found. Either way, a return value of true indicates | 
 | 2748 | /// that there was a failure, a return value of false indicates that | 
 | 2749 | /// the reference initialization succeeded. | 
| Douglas Gregor | 225c41e | 2008-11-03 19:09:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2750 | /// | 
 | 2751 | /// When @p SuppressUserConversions, user-defined conversions are | 
 | 2752 | /// suppressed. | 
| Douglas Gregor | 09f41cf | 2009-01-14 15:45:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2753 | /// When @p AllowExplicit, we also permit explicit user-defined | 
 | 2754 | /// conversion functions. | 
| Sebastian Redl | e2b6833 | 2009-04-12 17:16:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2755 | /// When @p ForceRValue, we unconditionally treat the initializer as an rvalue. | 
| Douglas Gregor | 15da57e | 2008-10-29 02:00:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2756 | bool  | 
| Sebastian Redl | 3201f6b | 2009-04-16 17:51:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2757 | Sema::CheckReferenceInit(Expr *&Init, QualType DeclType, | 
| Douglas Gregor | 225c41e | 2008-11-03 19:09:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2758 |                          ImplicitConversionSequence *ICS, | 
| Douglas Gregor | 09f41cf | 2009-01-14 15:45:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2759 |                          bool SuppressUserConversions, | 
| Sebastian Redl | e2b6833 | 2009-04-12 17:16:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2760 |                          bool AllowExplicit, bool ForceRValue) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | 27c8dc0 | 2008-10-29 00:13:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2761 |   assert(DeclType->isReferenceType() && "Reference init needs a reference"); | 
 | 2762 |  | 
| Ted Kremenek | 6217b80 | 2009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2763 |   QualType T1 = DeclType->getAs<ReferenceType>()->getPointeeType(); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 27c8dc0 | 2008-10-29 00:13:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2764 |   QualType T2 = Init->getType(); | 
 | 2765 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 904eed3 | 2008-11-10 20:40:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2766 |   // If the initializer is the address of an overloaded function, try | 
 | 2767 |   // to resolve the overloaded function. If all goes well, T2 is the | 
 | 2768 |   // type of the resulting function. | 
| Douglas Gregor | 063daf6 | 2009-03-13 18:40:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2769 |   if (Context.getCanonicalType(T2) == Context.OverloadTy) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | 904eed3 | 2008-11-10 20:40:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2770 |     FunctionDecl *Fn = ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(Init, DeclType,  | 
 | 2771 |                                                           ICS != 0); | 
 | 2772 |     if (Fn) { | 
 | 2773 |       // Since we're performing this reference-initialization for | 
 | 2774 |       // real, update the initializer with the resulting function. | 
| Douglas Gregor | 48f3bb9 | 2009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2775 |       if (!ICS) { | 
 | 2776 |         if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Fn, Init->getSourceRange().getBegin())) | 
 | 2777 |           return true; | 
 | 2778 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 904eed3 | 2008-11-10 20:40:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2779 |         FixOverloadedFunctionReference(Init, Fn); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 48f3bb9 | 2009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2780 |       } | 
| Douglas Gregor | 904eed3 | 2008-11-10 20:40:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2781 |  | 
 | 2782 |       T2 = Fn->getType(); | 
 | 2783 |     } | 
 | 2784 |   } | 
 | 2785 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 15da57e | 2008-10-29 02:00:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2786 |   // Compute some basic properties of the types and the initializer. | 
| Sebastian Redl | 7c80bd6 | 2009-03-16 23:22:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2787 |   bool isRValRef = DeclType->isRValueReferenceType(); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 15da57e | 2008-10-29 02:00:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2788 |   bool DerivedToBase = false; | 
| Sebastian Redl | e2b6833 | 2009-04-12 17:16:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2789 |   Expr::isLvalueResult InitLvalue = ForceRValue ? Expr::LV_InvalidExpression : | 
 | 2790 |                                                   Init->isLvalue(Context); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 15da57e | 2008-10-29 02:00:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2791 |   ReferenceCompareResult RefRelationship  | 
 | 2792 |     = CompareReferenceRelationship(T1, T2, DerivedToBase); | 
 | 2793 |  | 
 | 2794 |   // Most paths end in a failed conversion. | 
 | 2795 |   if (ICS) | 
 | 2796 |     ICS->ConversionKind = ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion; | 
| Douglas Gregor | 27c8dc0 | 2008-10-29 00:13:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2797 |  | 
 | 2798 |   // C++ [dcl.init.ref]p5: | 
| Eli Friedman | 33a3138 | 2009-08-05 19:21:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2799 |   //   A reference to type "cv1 T1" is initialized by an expression | 
 | 2800 |   //   of type "cv2 T2" as follows: | 
| Douglas Gregor | 27c8dc0 | 2008-10-29 00:13:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2801 |  | 
 | 2802 |   //     -- If the initializer expression | 
 | 2803 |  | 
| Sebastian Redl | a984580 | 2009-03-29 15:27:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2804 |   // Rvalue references cannot bind to lvalues (N2812). | 
 | 2805 |   // There is absolutely no situation where they can. In particular, note that | 
 | 2806 |   // this is ill-formed, even if B has a user-defined conversion to A&&: | 
 | 2807 |   //   B b; | 
 | 2808 |   //   A&& r = b; | 
 | 2809 |   if (isRValRef && InitLvalue == Expr::LV_Valid) { | 
 | 2810 |     if (!ICS) | 
 | 2811 |       Diag(Init->getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::err_lvalue_to_rvalue_ref) | 
 | 2812 |         << Init->getSourceRange(); | 
 | 2813 |     return true; | 
 | 2814 |   } | 
 | 2815 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 27c8dc0 | 2008-10-29 00:13:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2816 |   bool BindsDirectly = false; | 
| Eli Friedman | 33a3138 | 2009-08-05 19:21:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2817 |   //       -- is an lvalue (but is not a bit-field), and "cv1 T1" is | 
 | 2818 |   //          reference-compatible with "cv2 T2," or | 
| Douglas Gregor | 15da57e | 2008-10-29 02:00:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2819 |   // | 
 | 2820 |   // Note that the bit-field check is skipped if we are just computing | 
 | 2821 |   // the implicit conversion sequence (C++ [over.best.ics]p2). | 
| Douglas Gregor | 33bbbc5 | 2009-05-02 02:18:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2822 |   if (InitLvalue == Expr::LV_Valid && (ICS || !Init->getBitField()) && | 
| Douglas Gregor | 15da57e | 2008-10-29 02:00:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2823 |       RefRelationship >= Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | 27c8dc0 | 2008-10-29 00:13:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2824 |     BindsDirectly = true; | 
 | 2825 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 15da57e | 2008-10-29 02:00:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2826 |     if (ICS) { | 
 | 2827 |       // C++ [over.ics.ref]p1: | 
 | 2828 |       //   When a parameter of reference type binds directly (8.5.3) | 
 | 2829 |       //   to an argument expression, the implicit conversion sequence | 
 | 2830 |       //   is the identity conversion, unless the argument expression | 
 | 2831 |       //   has a type that is a derived class of the parameter type, | 
 | 2832 |       //   in which case the implicit conversion sequence is a | 
 | 2833 |       //   derived-to-base Conversion (13.3.3.1). | 
 | 2834 |       ICS->ConversionKind = ImplicitConversionSequence::StandardConversion; | 
 | 2835 |       ICS->Standard.First = ICK_Identity; | 
 | 2836 |       ICS->Standard.Second = DerivedToBase? ICK_Derived_To_Base : ICK_Identity; | 
 | 2837 |       ICS->Standard.Third = ICK_Identity; | 
 | 2838 |       ICS->Standard.FromTypePtr = T2.getAsOpaquePtr(); | 
 | 2839 |       ICS->Standard.ToTypePtr = T1.getAsOpaquePtr(); | 
| Douglas Gregor | f70bdb9 | 2008-10-29 14:50:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2840 |       ICS->Standard.ReferenceBinding = true; | 
 | 2841 |       ICS->Standard.DirectBinding = true; | 
| Sebastian Redl | a984580 | 2009-03-29 15:27:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2842 |       ICS->Standard.RRefBinding = false; | 
| Sebastian Redl | 7645850 | 2009-04-17 16:30:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2843 |       ICS->Standard.CopyConstructor = 0; | 
| Douglas Gregor | 15da57e | 2008-10-29 02:00:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2844 |  | 
 | 2845 |       // Nothing more to do: the inaccessibility/ambiguity check for | 
 | 2846 |       // derived-to-base conversions is suppressed when we're | 
 | 2847 |       // computing the implicit conversion sequence (C++ | 
 | 2848 |       // [over.best.ics]p2). | 
 | 2849 |       return false; | 
 | 2850 |     } else { | 
 | 2851 |       // Perform the conversion. | 
| Mike Stump | 390b4cc | 2009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2852 |       // FIXME: Binding to a subobject of the lvalue is going to require more | 
 | 2853 |       // AST annotation than this. | 
| Anders Carlsson | 3503d04 | 2009-07-31 01:23:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2854 |       ImpCastExprToType(Init, T1, CastExpr::CK_Unknown, /*isLvalue=*/true);     | 
| Douglas Gregor | 27c8dc0 | 2008-10-29 00:13:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2855 |     } | 
 | 2856 |   } | 
 | 2857 |  | 
 | 2858 |   //       -- has a class type (i.e., T2 is a class type) and can be | 
| Eli Friedman | 33a3138 | 2009-08-05 19:21:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2859 |   //          implicitly converted to an lvalue of type "cv3 T3," | 
 | 2860 |   //          where "cv1 T1" is reference-compatible with "cv3 T3" | 
| Douglas Gregor | 27c8dc0 | 2008-10-29 00:13:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2861 |   //          92) (this conversion is selected by enumerating the | 
 | 2862 |   //          applicable conversion functions (13.3.1.6) and choosing | 
 | 2863 |   //          the best one through overload resolution (13.3)), | 
| Douglas Gregor | 5842ba9 | 2009-08-24 15:23:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2864 |   if (!isRValRef && !SuppressUserConversions && T2->isRecordType() && | 
 | 2865 |       !RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation(), T2, 0)) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | cb9b977 | 2008-11-10 16:14:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2866 |     // FIXME: Look for conversions in base classes! | 
 | 2867 |     CXXRecordDecl *T2RecordDecl  | 
| Ted Kremenek | 6217b80 | 2009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2868 |       = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(T2->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 27c8dc0 | 2008-10-29 00:13:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2869 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | cb9b977 | 2008-11-10 16:14:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2870 |     OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet; | 
 | 2871 |     OverloadedFunctionDecl *Conversions  | 
 | 2872 |       = T2RecordDecl->getConversionFunctions(); | 
 | 2873 |     for (OverloadedFunctionDecl::function_iterator Func  | 
 | 2874 |            = Conversions->function_begin(); | 
 | 2875 |          Func != Conversions->function_end(); ++Func) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | 65ec1fd | 2009-08-21 23:19:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2876 |       FunctionTemplateDecl *ConvTemplate  | 
 | 2877 |         = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*Func); | 
 | 2878 |       CXXConversionDecl *Conv; | 
 | 2879 |       if (ConvTemplate) | 
 | 2880 |         Conv = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(ConvTemplate->getTemplatedDecl()); | 
 | 2881 |       else | 
 | 2882 |         Conv = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(*Func); | 
| Sebastian Redl | dfe292d | 2009-03-22 21:28:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2883 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | cb9b977 | 2008-11-10 16:14:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2884 |       // If the conversion function doesn't return a reference type, | 
 | 2885 |       // it can't be considered for this conversion. | 
| Sebastian Redl | 7c80bd6 | 2009-03-16 23:22:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2886 |       if (Conv->getConversionType()->isLValueReferenceType() && | 
| Douglas Gregor | 65ec1fd | 2009-08-21 23:19:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2887 |           (AllowExplicit || !Conv->isExplicit())) { | 
 | 2888 |         if (ConvTemplate) | 
 | 2889 |           AddTemplateConversionCandidate(ConvTemplate, Init, DeclType,  | 
 | 2890 |                                          CandidateSet); | 
 | 2891 |         else | 
 | 2892 |           AddConversionCandidate(Conv, Init, DeclType, CandidateSet); | 
 | 2893 |       } | 
| Douglas Gregor | cb9b977 | 2008-11-10 16:14:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2894 |     } | 
 | 2895 |  | 
 | 2896 |     OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best; | 
| Douglas Gregor | e0762c9 | 2009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2897 |     switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, Init->getLocStart(), Best)) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | cb9b977 | 2008-11-10 16:14:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2898 |     case OR_Success: | 
 | 2899 |       // This is a direct binding. | 
 | 2900 |       BindsDirectly = true; | 
 | 2901 |  | 
 | 2902 |       if (ICS) { | 
 | 2903 |         // C++ [over.ics.ref]p1: | 
 | 2904 |         // | 
 | 2905 |         //   [...] If the parameter binds directly to the result of | 
 | 2906 |         //   applying a conversion function to the argument | 
 | 2907 |         //   expression, the implicit conversion sequence is a | 
 | 2908 |         //   user-defined conversion sequence (13.3.3.1.2), with the | 
 | 2909 |         //   second standard conversion sequence either an identity | 
 | 2910 |         //   conversion or, if the conversion function returns an | 
 | 2911 |         //   entity of a type that is a derived class of the parameter | 
 | 2912 |         //   type, a derived-to-base Conversion. | 
 | 2913 |         ICS->ConversionKind = ImplicitConversionSequence::UserDefinedConversion; | 
 | 2914 |         ICS->UserDefined.Before = Best->Conversions[0].Standard; | 
 | 2915 |         ICS->UserDefined.After = Best->FinalConversion; | 
 | 2916 |         ICS->UserDefined.ConversionFunction = Best->Function; | 
 | 2917 |         assert(ICS->UserDefined.After.ReferenceBinding && | 
 | 2918 |                ICS->UserDefined.After.DirectBinding && | 
 | 2919 |                "Expected a direct reference binding!"); | 
 | 2920 |         return false; | 
 | 2921 |       } else { | 
 | 2922 |         // Perform the conversion. | 
| Mike Stump | 390b4cc | 2009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2923 |         // FIXME: Binding to a subobject of the lvalue is going to require more | 
 | 2924 |         // AST annotation than this. | 
| Anders Carlsson | 3503d04 | 2009-07-31 01:23:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2925 |         ImpCastExprToType(Init, T1, CastExpr::CK_Unknown, /*isLvalue=*/true); | 
| Douglas Gregor | cb9b977 | 2008-11-10 16:14:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2926 |       } | 
 | 2927 |       break; | 
 | 2928 |  | 
 | 2929 |     case OR_Ambiguous: | 
 | 2930 |       assert(false && "Ambiguous reference binding conversions not implemented."); | 
 | 2931 |       return true; | 
 | 2932 |        | 
 | 2933 |     case OR_No_Viable_Function: | 
| Douglas Gregor | 48f3bb9 | 2009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2934 |     case OR_Deleted: | 
 | 2935 |       // There was no suitable conversion, or we found a deleted | 
 | 2936 |       // conversion; continue with other checks. | 
| Douglas Gregor | cb9b977 | 2008-11-10 16:14:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2937 |       break; | 
 | 2938 |     } | 
 | 2939 |   } | 
 | 2940 |        | 
| Douglas Gregor | 27c8dc0 | 2008-10-29 00:13:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2941 |   if (BindsDirectly) { | 
 | 2942 |     // C++ [dcl.init.ref]p4: | 
 | 2943 |     //   [...] In all cases where the reference-related or | 
 | 2944 |     //   reference-compatible relationship of two types is used to | 
 | 2945 |     //   establish the validity of a reference binding, and T1 is a | 
 | 2946 |     //   base class of T2, a program that necessitates such a binding | 
 | 2947 |     //   is ill-formed if T1 is an inaccessible (clause 11) or | 
 | 2948 |     //   ambiguous (10.2) base class of T2. | 
 | 2949 |     // | 
 | 2950 |     // Note that we only check this condition when we're allowed to | 
 | 2951 |     // complain about errors, because we should not be checking for | 
 | 2952 |     // ambiguity (or inaccessibility) unless the reference binding | 
 | 2953 |     // actually happens. | 
| Douglas Gregor | 15da57e | 2008-10-29 02:00:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2954 |     if (DerivedToBase)  | 
 | 2955 |       return CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(T2, T1,  | 
 | 2956 |                                           Init->getSourceRange().getBegin(), | 
 | 2957 |                                           Init->getSourceRange()); | 
 | 2958 |     else | 
 | 2959 |       return false; | 
| Douglas Gregor | 27c8dc0 | 2008-10-29 00:13:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2960 |   } | 
 | 2961 |  | 
 | 2962 |   //     -- Otherwise, the reference shall be to a non-volatile const | 
| Sebastian Redl | a984580 | 2009-03-29 15:27:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2963 |   //        type (i.e., cv1 shall be const), or the reference shall be an | 
 | 2964 |   //        rvalue reference and the initializer expression shall be an rvalue. | 
| Sebastian Redl | 7c80bd6 | 2009-03-16 23:22:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2965 |   if (!isRValRef && T1.getCVRQualifiers() != QualType::Const) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | 15da57e | 2008-10-29 02:00:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2966 |     if (!ICS) | 
| Douglas Gregor | 27c8dc0 | 2008-10-29 00:13:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2967 |       Diag(Init->getSourceRange().getBegin(), | 
| Chris Lattner | c9c7c4e | 2008-11-18 22:52:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2968 |            diag::err_not_reference_to_const_init) | 
| Chris Lattner | d162584 | 2008-11-24 06:25:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2969 |         << T1 << (InitLvalue != Expr::LV_Valid? "temporary" : "value") | 
 | 2970 |         << T2 << Init->getSourceRange(); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 27c8dc0 | 2008-10-29 00:13:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2971 |     return true; | 
 | 2972 |   } | 
 | 2973 |  | 
 | 2974 |   //       -- If the initializer expression is an rvalue, with T2 a | 
| Eli Friedman | 33a3138 | 2009-08-05 19:21:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2975 |   //          class type, and "cv1 T1" is reference-compatible with | 
 | 2976 |   //          "cv2 T2," the reference is bound in one of the | 
| Douglas Gregor | 27c8dc0 | 2008-10-29 00:13:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2977 |   //          following ways (the choice is implementation-defined): | 
 | 2978 |   // | 
 | 2979 |   //          -- The reference is bound to the object represented by | 
 | 2980 |   //             the rvalue (see 3.10) or to a sub-object within that | 
 | 2981 |   //             object. | 
 | 2982 |   // | 
| Eli Friedman | 33a3138 | 2009-08-05 19:21:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2983 |   //          -- A temporary of type "cv1 T2" [sic] is created, and | 
| Douglas Gregor | 27c8dc0 | 2008-10-29 00:13:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2984 |   //             a constructor is called to copy the entire rvalue | 
 | 2985 |   //             object into the temporary. The reference is bound to | 
 | 2986 |   //             the temporary or to a sub-object within the | 
 | 2987 |   //             temporary. | 
 | 2988 |   // | 
| Douglas Gregor | 27c8dc0 | 2008-10-29 00:13:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2989 |   //          The constructor that would be used to make the copy | 
 | 2990 |   //          shall be callable whether or not the copy is actually | 
 | 2991 |   //          done. | 
 | 2992 |   // | 
| Sebastian Redl | a984580 | 2009-03-29 15:27:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2993 |   // Note that C++0x [dcl.init.ref]p5 takes away this implementation | 
| Douglas Gregor | 27c8dc0 | 2008-10-29 00:13:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2994 |   // freedom, so we will always take the first option and never build | 
 | 2995 |   // a temporary in this case. FIXME: We will, however, have to check | 
 | 2996 |   // for the presence of a copy constructor in C++98/03 mode. | 
 | 2997 |   if (InitLvalue != Expr::LV_Valid && T2->isRecordType() && | 
| Douglas Gregor | 15da57e | 2008-10-29 02:00:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2998 |       RefRelationship >= Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification) { | 
 | 2999 |     if (ICS) { | 
 | 3000 |       ICS->ConversionKind = ImplicitConversionSequence::StandardConversion; | 
 | 3001 |       ICS->Standard.First = ICK_Identity; | 
 | 3002 |       ICS->Standard.Second = DerivedToBase? ICK_Derived_To_Base : ICK_Identity; | 
 | 3003 |       ICS->Standard.Third = ICK_Identity; | 
 | 3004 |       ICS->Standard.FromTypePtr = T2.getAsOpaquePtr(); | 
 | 3005 |       ICS->Standard.ToTypePtr = T1.getAsOpaquePtr(); | 
| Douglas Gregor | f70bdb9 | 2008-10-29 14:50:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3006 |       ICS->Standard.ReferenceBinding = true; | 
| Sebastian Redl | a984580 | 2009-03-29 15:27:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3007 |       ICS->Standard.DirectBinding = false; | 
 | 3008 |       ICS->Standard.RRefBinding = isRValRef; | 
| Sebastian Redl | 7645850 | 2009-04-17 16:30:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3009 |       ICS->Standard.CopyConstructor = 0; | 
| Douglas Gregor | 15da57e | 2008-10-29 02:00:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3010 |     } else { | 
| Mike Stump | 390b4cc | 2009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3011 |       // FIXME: Binding to a subobject of the rvalue is going to require more | 
 | 3012 |       // AST annotation than this. | 
| Anders Carlsson | 3503d04 | 2009-07-31 01:23:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3013 |       ImpCastExprToType(Init, T1, CastExpr::CK_Unknown, /*isLvalue=*/false); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 27c8dc0 | 2008-10-29 00:13:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3014 |     } | 
 | 3015 |     return false; | 
 | 3016 |   } | 
 | 3017 |  | 
| Eli Friedman | 33a3138 | 2009-08-05 19:21:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3018 |   //       -- Otherwise, a temporary of type "cv1 T1" is created and | 
| Douglas Gregor | 27c8dc0 | 2008-10-29 00:13:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3019 |   //          initialized from the initializer expression using the | 
 | 3020 |   //          rules for a non-reference copy initialization (8.5). The | 
 | 3021 |   //          reference is then bound to the temporary. If T1 is | 
 | 3022 |   //          reference-related to T2, cv1 must be the same | 
 | 3023 |   //          cv-qualification as, or greater cv-qualification than, | 
 | 3024 |   //          cv2; otherwise, the program is ill-formed. | 
 | 3025 |   if (RefRelationship == Ref_Related) { | 
 | 3026 |     // If cv1 == cv2 or cv1 is a greater cv-qualified than cv2, then | 
 | 3027 |     // we would be reference-compatible or reference-compatible with | 
 | 3028 |     // added qualification. But that wasn't the case, so the reference | 
 | 3029 |     // initialization fails. | 
| Douglas Gregor | 15da57e | 2008-10-29 02:00:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3030 |     if (!ICS) | 
| Douglas Gregor | 27c8dc0 | 2008-10-29 00:13:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3031 |       Diag(Init->getSourceRange().getBegin(), | 
| Chris Lattner | c9c7c4e | 2008-11-18 22:52:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3032 |            diag::err_reference_init_drops_quals) | 
| Chris Lattner | d162584 | 2008-11-24 06:25:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3033 |         << T1 << (InitLvalue != Expr::LV_Valid? "temporary" : "value") | 
 | 3034 |         << T2 << Init->getSourceRange(); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 27c8dc0 | 2008-10-29 00:13:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3035 |     return true; | 
 | 3036 |   } | 
 | 3037 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 734d986 | 2009-01-30 23:27:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3038 |   // If at least one of the types is a class type, the types are not | 
 | 3039 |   // related, and we aren't allowed any user conversions, the | 
 | 3040 |   // reference binding fails. This case is important for breaking | 
 | 3041 |   // recursion, since TryImplicitConversion below will attempt to | 
 | 3042 |   // create a temporary through the use of a copy constructor. | 
 | 3043 |   if (SuppressUserConversions && RefRelationship == Ref_Incompatible && | 
 | 3044 |       (T1->isRecordType() || T2->isRecordType())) { | 
 | 3045 |     if (!ICS) | 
 | 3046 |       Diag(Init->getSourceRange().getBegin(), | 
 | 3047 |            diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible) | 
 | 3048 |         << DeclType << Init->getType() << "initializing" << Init->getSourceRange(); | 
 | 3049 |     return true; | 
 | 3050 |   } | 
 | 3051 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 27c8dc0 | 2008-10-29 00:13:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3052 |   // Actually try to convert the initializer to T1. | 
| Douglas Gregor | 15da57e | 2008-10-29 02:00:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3053 |   if (ICS) { | 
| Sebastian Redl | a984580 | 2009-03-29 15:27:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3054 |     // C++ [over.ics.ref]p2: | 
 | 3055 |     //  | 
 | 3056 |     //   When a parameter of reference type is not bound directly to | 
 | 3057 |     //   an argument expression, the conversion sequence is the one | 
 | 3058 |     //   required to convert the argument expression to the | 
 | 3059 |     //   underlying type of the reference according to | 
 | 3060 |     //   13.3.3.1. Conceptually, this conversion sequence corresponds | 
 | 3061 |     //   to copy-initializing a temporary of the underlying type with | 
 | 3062 |     //   the argument expression. Any difference in top-level | 
 | 3063 |     //   cv-qualification is subsumed by the initialization itself | 
 | 3064 |     //   and does not constitute a conversion. | 
| Douglas Gregor | 225c41e | 2008-11-03 19:09:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3065 |     *ICS = TryImplicitConversion(Init, T1, SuppressUserConversions); | 
| Sebastian Redl | a984580 | 2009-03-29 15:27:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3066 |     // Of course, that's still a reference binding. | 
 | 3067 |     if (ICS->ConversionKind == ImplicitConversionSequence::StandardConversion) { | 
 | 3068 |       ICS->Standard.ReferenceBinding = true; | 
 | 3069 |       ICS->Standard.RRefBinding = isRValRef; | 
 | 3070 |     } else if(ICS->ConversionKind == | 
 | 3071 |               ImplicitConversionSequence::UserDefinedConversion) { | 
 | 3072 |       ICS->UserDefined.After.ReferenceBinding = true; | 
 | 3073 |       ICS->UserDefined.After.RRefBinding = isRValRef; | 
 | 3074 |     } | 
| Douglas Gregor | 15da57e | 2008-10-29 02:00:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3075 |     return ICS->ConversionKind == ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion; | 
 | 3076 |   } else { | 
| Douglas Gregor | 45920e8 | 2008-12-19 17:40:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3077 |     return PerformImplicitConversion(Init, T1, "initializing"); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 15da57e | 2008-10-29 02:00:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3078 |   } | 
| Douglas Gregor | 27c8dc0 | 2008-10-29 00:13:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3079 | } | 
| Douglas Gregor | 1cd1b1e | 2008-11-06 22:13:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3080 |  | 
 | 3081 | /// CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration - Check whether the declaration | 
 | 3082 | /// of this overloaded operator is well-formed. If so, returns false; | 
 | 3083 | /// otherwise, emits appropriate diagnostics and returns true. | 
 | 3084 | bool Sema::CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | 43c7bad | 2008-11-17 16:14:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3085 |   assert(FnDecl && FnDecl->isOverloadedOperator() && | 
| Douglas Gregor | 1cd1b1e | 2008-11-06 22:13:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3086 |          "Expected an overloaded operator declaration"); | 
 | 3087 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 1cd1b1e | 2008-11-06 22:13:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3088 |   OverloadedOperatorKind Op = FnDecl->getOverloadedOperator(); | 
 | 3089 |  | 
 | 3090 |   // C++ [over.oper]p5:  | 
 | 3091 |   //   The allocation and deallocation functions, operator new, | 
 | 3092 |   //   operator new[], operator delete and operator delete[], are | 
 | 3093 |   //   described completely in 3.7.3. The attributes and restrictions | 
 | 3094 |   //   found in the rest of this subclause do not apply to them unless | 
 | 3095 |   //   explicitly stated in 3.7.3. | 
| Mike Stump | 390b4cc | 2009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3096 |   // FIXME: Write a separate routine for checking this. For now, just allow it. | 
| Douglas Gregor | 1cd1b1e | 2008-11-06 22:13:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3097 |   if (Op == OO_New || Op == OO_Array_New || | 
 | 3098 |       Op == OO_Delete || Op == OO_Array_Delete) | 
 | 3099 |     return false; | 
 | 3100 |  | 
 | 3101 |   // C++ [over.oper]p6: | 
 | 3102 |   //   An operator function shall either be a non-static member | 
 | 3103 |   //   function or be a non-member function and have at least one | 
 | 3104 |   //   parameter whose type is a class, a reference to a class, an | 
 | 3105 |   //   enumeration, or a reference to an enumeration. | 
| Douglas Gregor | 43c7bad | 2008-11-17 16:14:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3106 |   if (CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) { | 
 | 3107 |     if (MethodDecl->isStatic()) | 
 | 3108 |       return Diag(FnDecl->getLocation(), | 
| Chris Lattner | d9d22dd | 2008-11-24 05:29:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3109 |                   diag::err_operator_overload_static) << FnDecl->getDeclName(); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 1cd1b1e | 2008-11-06 22:13:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3110 |   } else { | 
 | 3111 |     bool ClassOrEnumParam = false; | 
| Douglas Gregor | 43c7bad | 2008-11-17 16:14:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3112 |     for (FunctionDecl::param_iterator Param = FnDecl->param_begin(), | 
 | 3113 |                                    ParamEnd = FnDecl->param_end(); | 
 | 3114 |          Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { | 
 | 3115 |       QualType ParamType = (*Param)->getType().getNonReferenceType(); | 
| Eli Friedman | 5d39dee | 2009-06-27 05:59:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3116 |       if (ParamType->isDependentType() || ParamType->isRecordType() || | 
 | 3117 |           ParamType->isEnumeralType()) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | 1cd1b1e | 2008-11-06 22:13:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3118 |         ClassOrEnumParam = true; | 
 | 3119 |         break; | 
 | 3120 |       } | 
 | 3121 |     } | 
 | 3122 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 43c7bad | 2008-11-17 16:14:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3123 |     if (!ClassOrEnumParam) | 
 | 3124 |       return Diag(FnDecl->getLocation(), | 
| Chris Lattner | f3a41af | 2008-11-20 06:38:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3125 |                   diag::err_operator_overload_needs_class_or_enum) | 
| Chris Lattner | d9d22dd | 2008-11-24 05:29:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3126 |         << FnDecl->getDeclName(); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 1cd1b1e | 2008-11-06 22:13:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3127 |   } | 
 | 3128 |  | 
 | 3129 |   // C++ [over.oper]p8: | 
 | 3130 |   //   An operator function cannot have default arguments (8.3.6), | 
 | 3131 |   //   except where explicitly stated below. | 
 | 3132 |   // | 
 | 3133 |   // Only the function-call operator allows default arguments  | 
 | 3134 |   // (C++ [over.call]p1). | 
 | 3135 |   if (Op != OO_Call) { | 
 | 3136 |     for (FunctionDecl::param_iterator Param = FnDecl->param_begin(); | 
 | 3137 |          Param != FnDecl->param_end(); ++Param) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | 61366e9 | 2008-12-24 00:01:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3138 |       if ((*Param)->hasUnparsedDefaultArg()) | 
 | 3139 |         return Diag((*Param)->getLocation(),  | 
 | 3140 |                     diag::err_operator_overload_default_arg) | 
 | 3141 |           << FnDecl->getDeclName(); | 
 | 3142 |       else if (Expr *DefArg = (*Param)->getDefaultArg()) | 
| Douglas Gregor | 43c7bad | 2008-11-17 16:14:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3143 |         return Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), | 
| Chris Lattner | d3a94e2 | 2008-11-20 06:06:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3144 |                     diag::err_operator_overload_default_arg) | 
| Chris Lattner | d9d22dd | 2008-11-24 05:29:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3145 |           << FnDecl->getDeclName() << DefArg->getSourceRange(); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 1cd1b1e | 2008-11-06 22:13:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3146 |     } | 
 | 3147 |   } | 
 | 3148 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 02bcd4c | 2008-11-10 13:38:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3149 |   static const bool OperatorUses[NUM_OVERLOADED_OPERATORS][3] = { | 
 | 3150 |     { false, false, false } | 
 | 3151 | #define OVERLOADED_OPERATOR(Name,Spelling,Token,Unary,Binary,MemberOnly) \ | 
 | 3152 |     , { Unary, Binary, MemberOnly } | 
 | 3153 | #include "clang/Basic/OperatorKinds.def" | 
 | 3154 |   }; | 
| Douglas Gregor | 1cd1b1e | 2008-11-06 22:13:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3155 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 02bcd4c | 2008-11-10 13:38:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3156 |   bool CanBeUnaryOperator = OperatorUses[Op][0]; | 
 | 3157 |   bool CanBeBinaryOperator = OperatorUses[Op][1]; | 
 | 3158 |   bool MustBeMemberOperator = OperatorUses[Op][2]; | 
| Douglas Gregor | 1cd1b1e | 2008-11-06 22:13:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3159 |  | 
 | 3160 |   // C++ [over.oper]p8: | 
 | 3161 |   //   [...] Operator functions cannot have more or fewer parameters | 
 | 3162 |   //   than the number required for the corresponding operator, as | 
 | 3163 |   //   described in the rest of this subclause. | 
| Douglas Gregor | 43c7bad | 2008-11-17 16:14:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3164 |   unsigned NumParams = FnDecl->getNumParams()  | 
 | 3165 |                      + (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)? 1 : 0); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 1cd1b1e | 2008-11-06 22:13:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3166 |   if (Op != OO_Call && | 
 | 3167 |       ((NumParams == 1 && !CanBeUnaryOperator) || | 
 | 3168 |        (NumParams == 2 && !CanBeBinaryOperator) || | 
 | 3169 |        (NumParams < 1) || (NumParams > 2))) { | 
 | 3170 |     // We have the wrong number of parameters. | 
| Chris Lattner | 416e46f | 2008-11-21 07:57:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3171 |     unsigned ErrorKind; | 
| Douglas Gregor | 02bcd4c | 2008-11-10 13:38:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3172 |     if (CanBeUnaryOperator && CanBeBinaryOperator) { | 
| Chris Lattner | 416e46f | 2008-11-21 07:57:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3173 |       ErrorKind = 2;  // 2 -> unary or binary. | 
| Douglas Gregor | 02bcd4c | 2008-11-10 13:38:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3174 |     } else if (CanBeUnaryOperator) { | 
| Chris Lattner | 416e46f | 2008-11-21 07:57:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3175 |       ErrorKind = 0;  // 0 -> unary | 
| Douglas Gregor | 02bcd4c | 2008-11-10 13:38:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3176 |     } else { | 
| Chris Lattner | af7ae4e | 2008-11-21 07:50:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3177 |       assert(CanBeBinaryOperator && | 
 | 3178 |              "All non-call overloaded operators are unary or binary!"); | 
| Chris Lattner | 416e46f | 2008-11-21 07:57:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3179 |       ErrorKind = 1;  // 1 -> binary | 
| Douglas Gregor | 02bcd4c | 2008-11-10 13:38:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3180 |     } | 
| Douglas Gregor | 1cd1b1e | 2008-11-06 22:13:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3181 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 416e46f | 2008-11-21 07:57:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3182 |     return Diag(FnDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_operator_overload_must_be) | 
| Chris Lattner | d9d22dd | 2008-11-24 05:29:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3183 |       << FnDecl->getDeclName() << NumParams << ErrorKind; | 
| Douglas Gregor | 1cd1b1e | 2008-11-06 22:13:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3184 |   } | 
| Sebastian Redl | 64b45f7 | 2009-01-05 20:52:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3185 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 43c7bad | 2008-11-17 16:14:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3186 |   // Overloaded operators other than operator() cannot be variadic. | 
 | 3187 |   if (Op != OO_Call && | 
| Douglas Gregor | 72564e7 | 2009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3188 |       FnDecl->getType()->getAsFunctionProtoType()->isVariadic()) { | 
| Chris Lattner | f3a41af | 2008-11-20 06:38:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3189 |     return Diag(FnDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_operator_overload_variadic) | 
| Chris Lattner | d9d22dd | 2008-11-24 05:29:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3190 |       << FnDecl->getDeclName(); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 1cd1b1e | 2008-11-06 22:13:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3191 |   } | 
 | 3192 |  | 
 | 3193 |   // Some operators must be non-static member functions. | 
| Douglas Gregor | 43c7bad | 2008-11-17 16:14:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3194 |   if (MustBeMemberOperator && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) { | 
 | 3195 |     return Diag(FnDecl->getLocation(), | 
| Chris Lattner | f3a41af | 2008-11-20 06:38:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3196 |                 diag::err_operator_overload_must_be_member) | 
| Chris Lattner | d9d22dd | 2008-11-24 05:29:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3197 |       << FnDecl->getDeclName(); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 1cd1b1e | 2008-11-06 22:13:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3198 |   } | 
 | 3199 |  | 
 | 3200 |   // C++ [over.inc]p1: | 
 | 3201 |   //   The user-defined function called operator++ implements the | 
 | 3202 |   //   prefix and postfix ++ operator. If this function is a member | 
 | 3203 |   //   function with no parameters, or a non-member function with one | 
 | 3204 |   //   parameter of class or enumeration type, it defines the prefix | 
 | 3205 |   //   increment operator ++ for objects of that type. If the function | 
 | 3206 |   //   is a member function with one parameter (which shall be of type | 
 | 3207 |   //   int) or a non-member function with two parameters (the second | 
 | 3208 |   //   of which shall be of type int), it defines the postfix | 
 | 3209 |   //   increment operator ++ for objects of that type. | 
 | 3210 |   if ((Op == OO_PlusPlus || Op == OO_MinusMinus) && NumParams == 2) { | 
 | 3211 |     ParmVarDecl *LastParam = FnDecl->getParamDecl(FnDecl->getNumParams() - 1); | 
 | 3212 |     bool ParamIsInt = false; | 
 | 3213 |     if (const BuiltinType *BT = LastParam->getType()->getAsBuiltinType()) | 
 | 3214 |       ParamIsInt = BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Int; | 
 | 3215 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | af7ae4e | 2008-11-21 07:50:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3216 |     if (!ParamIsInt) | 
 | 3217 |       return Diag(LastParam->getLocation(), | 
 | 3218 |                   diag::err_operator_overload_post_incdec_must_be_int)  | 
| Chris Lattner | d162584 | 2008-11-24 06:25:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3219 |         << LastParam->getType() << (Op == OO_MinusMinus); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 1cd1b1e | 2008-11-06 22:13:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3220 |   } | 
 | 3221 |  | 
| Sebastian Redl | 64b45f7 | 2009-01-05 20:52:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3222 |   // Notify the class if it got an assignment operator. | 
 | 3223 |   if (Op == OO_Equal) { | 
 | 3224 |     // Would have returned earlier otherwise. | 
 | 3225 |     assert(isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl) && | 
 | 3226 |       "Overloaded = not member, but not filtered."); | 
 | 3227 |     CXXMethodDecl *Method = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl); | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | ad25883 | 2009-08-13 21:09:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3228 |     Method->setCopyAssignment(true); | 
| Sebastian Redl | 64b45f7 | 2009-01-05 20:52:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3229 |     Method->getParent()->addedAssignmentOperator(Context, Method); | 
 | 3230 |   } | 
 | 3231 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 43c7bad | 2008-11-17 16:14:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3232 |   return false; | 
| Douglas Gregor | 1cd1b1e | 2008-11-06 22:13:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3233 | } | 
| Chris Lattner | 5a003a4 | 2008-12-17 07:09:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3234 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 074149e | 2009-01-05 19:45:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3235 | /// ActOnStartLinkageSpecification - Parsed the beginning of a C++ | 
 | 3236 | /// linkage specification, including the language and (if present) | 
 | 3237 | /// the '{'. ExternLoc is the location of the 'extern', LangLoc is | 
 | 3238 | /// the location of the language string literal, which is provided | 
 | 3239 | /// by Lang/StrSize. LBraceLoc, if valid, provides the location of | 
 | 3240 | /// the '{' brace. Otherwise, this linkage specification does not | 
 | 3241 | /// have any braces. | 
| Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3242 | Sema::DeclPtrTy Sema::ActOnStartLinkageSpecification(Scope *S, | 
 | 3243 |                                                      SourceLocation ExternLoc, | 
 | 3244 |                                                      SourceLocation LangLoc, | 
 | 3245 |                                                      const char *Lang, | 
 | 3246 |                                                      unsigned StrSize, | 
 | 3247 |                                                      SourceLocation LBraceLoc) { | 
| Chris Lattner | cc98eac | 2008-12-17 07:13:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3248 |   LinkageSpecDecl::LanguageIDs Language; | 
 | 3249 |   if (strncmp(Lang, "\"C\"", StrSize) == 0) | 
 | 3250 |     Language = LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c; | 
 | 3251 |   else if (strncmp(Lang, "\"C++\"", StrSize) == 0) | 
 | 3252 |     Language = LinkageSpecDecl::lang_cxx; | 
 | 3253 |   else { | 
| Douglas Gregor | 074149e | 2009-01-05 19:45:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3254 |     Diag(LangLoc, diag::err_bad_language); | 
| Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3255 |     return DeclPtrTy(); | 
| Chris Lattner | cc98eac | 2008-12-17 07:13:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3256 |   } | 
 | 3257 |    | 
 | 3258 |   // FIXME: Add all the various semantics of linkage specifications | 
 | 3259 |    | 
| Douglas Gregor | 074149e | 2009-01-05 19:45:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3260 |   LinkageSpecDecl *D = LinkageSpecDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, | 
 | 3261 |                                                LangLoc, Language,  | 
 | 3262 |                                                LBraceLoc.isValid()); | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 17945a0 | 2009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3263 |   CurContext->addDecl(D); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 074149e | 2009-01-05 19:45:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3264 |   PushDeclContext(S, D); | 
| Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3265 |   return DeclPtrTy::make(D); | 
| Chris Lattner | cc98eac | 2008-12-17 07:13:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3266 | } | 
 | 3267 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 074149e | 2009-01-05 19:45:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3268 | /// ActOnFinishLinkageSpecification - Completely the definition of | 
 | 3269 | /// the C++ linkage specification LinkageSpec. If RBraceLoc is | 
 | 3270 | /// valid, it's the position of the closing '}' brace in a linkage | 
 | 3271 | /// specification that uses braces. | 
| Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3272 | Sema::DeclPtrTy Sema::ActOnFinishLinkageSpecification(Scope *S, | 
 | 3273 |                                                       DeclPtrTy LinkageSpec, | 
 | 3274 |                                                       SourceLocation RBraceLoc) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | 074149e | 2009-01-05 19:45:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3275 |   if (LinkageSpec) | 
 | 3276 |     PopDeclContext(); | 
 | 3277 |   return LinkageSpec; | 
| Chris Lattner | 5a003a4 | 2008-12-17 07:09:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3278 | } | 
 | 3279 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | d308e62 | 2009-05-18 20:51:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3280 | /// \brief Perform semantic analysis for the variable declaration that | 
 | 3281 | /// occurs within a C++ catch clause, returning the newly-created | 
 | 3282 | /// variable. | 
 | 3283 | VarDecl *Sema::BuildExceptionDeclaration(Scope *S, QualType ExDeclType, | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | a1d5662 | 2009-08-19 01:27:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3284 |                                          DeclaratorInfo *DInfo, | 
| Douglas Gregor | d308e62 | 2009-05-18 20:51:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3285 |                                          IdentifierInfo *Name, | 
 | 3286 |                                          SourceLocation Loc, | 
 | 3287 |                                          SourceRange Range) { | 
 | 3288 |   bool Invalid = false; | 
| Sebastian Redl | 4b07b29 | 2008-12-22 19:15:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3289 |  | 
 | 3290 |   // Arrays and functions decay. | 
 | 3291 |   if (ExDeclType->isArrayType()) | 
 | 3292 |     ExDeclType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(ExDeclType); | 
 | 3293 |   else if (ExDeclType->isFunctionType()) | 
 | 3294 |     ExDeclType = Context.getPointerType(ExDeclType); | 
 | 3295 |  | 
 | 3296 |   // C++ 15.3p1: The exception-declaration shall not denote an incomplete type. | 
 | 3297 |   // The exception-declaration shall not denote a pointer or reference to an | 
 | 3298 |   // incomplete type, other than [cv] void*. | 
| Sebastian Redl | f2e21e5 | 2009-03-22 23:49:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3299 |   // N2844 forbids rvalue references. | 
| Douglas Gregor | 2f2433f | 2009-05-18 21:08:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3300 |   if(!ExDeclType->isDependentType() && ExDeclType->isRValueReferenceType()) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | d308e62 | 2009-05-18 20:51:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3301 |     Diag(Loc, diag::err_catch_rvalue_ref) << Range; | 
| Sebastian Redl | f2e21e5 | 2009-03-22 23:49:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3302 |     Invalid = true; | 
 | 3303 |   } | 
| Douglas Gregor | d308e62 | 2009-05-18 20:51:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3304 |  | 
| Sebastian Redl | 4b07b29 | 2008-12-22 19:15:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3305 |   QualType BaseType = ExDeclType; | 
 | 3306 |   int Mode = 0; // 0 for direct type, 1 for pointer, 2 for reference | 
| Douglas Gregor | 4ec339f | 2009-01-19 19:26:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3307 |   unsigned DK = diag::err_catch_incomplete; | 
| Ted Kremenek | 6217b80 | 2009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3308 |   if (const PointerType *Ptr = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>()) { | 
| Sebastian Redl | 4b07b29 | 2008-12-22 19:15:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3309 |     BaseType = Ptr->getPointeeType(); | 
 | 3310 |     Mode = 1; | 
| Douglas Gregor | 4ec339f | 2009-01-19 19:26:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3311 |     DK = diag::err_catch_incomplete_ptr; | 
| Ted Kremenek | 6217b80 | 2009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3312 |   } else if(const ReferenceType *Ref = BaseType->getAs<ReferenceType>()) { | 
| Sebastian Redl | f2e21e5 | 2009-03-22 23:49:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3313 |     // For the purpose of error recovery, we treat rvalue refs like lvalue refs. | 
| Sebastian Redl | 4b07b29 | 2008-12-22 19:15:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3314 |     BaseType = Ref->getPointeeType(); | 
 | 3315 |     Mode = 2; | 
| Douglas Gregor | 4ec339f | 2009-01-19 19:26:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3316 |     DK = diag::err_catch_incomplete_ref; | 
| Sebastian Redl | 4b07b29 | 2008-12-22 19:15:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3317 |   } | 
| Sebastian Redl | f2e21e5 | 2009-03-22 23:49:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3318 |   if (!Invalid && (Mode == 0 || !BaseType->isVoidType()) && | 
| Douglas Gregor | d308e62 | 2009-05-18 20:51:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3319 |       !BaseType->isDependentType() && RequireCompleteType(Loc, BaseType, DK)) | 
| Sebastian Redl | 4b07b29 | 2008-12-22 19:15:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3320 |     Invalid = true; | 
| Sebastian Redl | 4b07b29 | 2008-12-22 19:15:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3321 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | d308e62 | 2009-05-18 20:51:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3322 |   if (!Invalid && !ExDeclType->isDependentType() &&  | 
 | 3323 |       RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, ExDeclType, | 
 | 3324 |                              diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, | 
 | 3325 |                              AbstractVariableType)) | 
| Sebastian Redl | fef9f59 | 2009-04-27 21:03:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3326 |     Invalid = true; | 
 | 3327 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | d308e62 | 2009-05-18 20:51:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3328 |   // FIXME: Need to test for ability to copy-construct and destroy the | 
 | 3329 |   // exception variable. | 
 | 3330 |  | 
| Sebastian Redl | 8351da0 | 2008-12-22 21:35:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3331 |   // FIXME: Need to check for abstract classes. | 
 | 3332 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | d308e62 | 2009-05-18 20:51:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3333 |   VarDecl *ExDecl = VarDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, Loc,  | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | a5d8200 | 2009-08-21 00:31:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3334 |                                     Name, ExDeclType, DInfo, VarDecl::None); | 
| Douglas Gregor | d308e62 | 2009-05-18 20:51:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3335 |  | 
 | 3336 |   if (Invalid) | 
 | 3337 |     ExDecl->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 | 3338 |  | 
 | 3339 |   return ExDecl; | 
 | 3340 | } | 
 | 3341 |  | 
 | 3342 | /// ActOnExceptionDeclarator - Parsed the exception-declarator in a C++ catch | 
 | 3343 | /// handler. | 
 | 3344 | Sema::DeclPtrTy Sema::ActOnExceptionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | a1d5662 | 2009-08-19 01:27:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3345 |   DeclaratorInfo *DInfo = 0; | 
 | 3346 |   QualType ExDeclType = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S, &DInfo); | 
| Douglas Gregor | d308e62 | 2009-05-18 20:51:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3347 |  | 
 | 3348 |   bool Invalid = D.isInvalidType(); | 
| Sebastian Redl | 4b07b29 | 2008-12-22 19:15:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3349 |   IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 47b9a1c | 2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3350 |   if (NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupName(S, II, LookupOrdinaryName)) { | 
| Sebastian Redl | 4b07b29 | 2008-12-22 19:15:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3351 |     // The scope should be freshly made just for us. There is just no way | 
 | 3352 |     // it contains any previous declaration. | 
| Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3353 |     assert(!S->isDeclScope(DeclPtrTy::make(PrevDecl))); | 
| Sebastian Redl | 4b07b29 | 2008-12-22 19:15:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3354 |     if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { | 
 | 3355 |       // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. | 
 | 3356 |       DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); | 
| Sebastian Redl | 4b07b29 | 2008-12-22 19:15:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3357 |     } | 
 | 3358 |   } | 
 | 3359 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3360 |   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && !Invalid) { | 
| Sebastian Redl | 4b07b29 | 2008-12-22 19:15:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3361 |     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_catch_declarator) | 
 | 3362 |       << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); | 
| Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3363 |     Invalid = true; | 
| Sebastian Redl | 4b07b29 | 2008-12-22 19:15:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3364 |   } | 
 | 3365 |  | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | a1d5662 | 2009-08-19 01:27:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3366 |   VarDecl *ExDecl = BuildExceptionDeclaration(S, ExDeclType, DInfo, | 
| Douglas Gregor | d308e62 | 2009-05-18 20:51:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3367 |                                               D.getIdentifier(), | 
 | 3368 |                                               D.getIdentifierLoc(), | 
 | 3369 |                                             D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange()); | 
 | 3370 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3371 |   if (Invalid) | 
 | 3372 |     ExDecl->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 | 3373 |    | 
| Sebastian Redl | 4b07b29 | 2008-12-22 19:15:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3374 |   // Add the exception declaration into this scope. | 
| Sebastian Redl | 4b07b29 | 2008-12-22 19:15:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3375 |   if (II) | 
| Douglas Gregor | d308e62 | 2009-05-18 20:51:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3376 |     PushOnScopeChains(ExDecl, S); | 
 | 3377 |   else | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 17945a0 | 2009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3378 |     CurContext->addDecl(ExDecl); | 
| Sebastian Redl | 4b07b29 | 2008-12-22 19:15:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3379 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 9cdda0c | 2009-06-17 21:51:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3380 |   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, ExDecl, D); | 
| Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3381 |   return DeclPtrTy::make(ExDecl); | 
| Sebastian Redl | 4b07b29 | 2008-12-22 19:15:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3382 | } | 
| Anders Carlsson | fb31176 | 2009-03-14 00:25:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3383 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3384 | Sema::DeclPtrTy Sema::ActOnStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation AssertLoc,  | 
 | 3385 |                                                    ExprArg assertexpr, | 
 | 3386 |                                                    ExprArg assertmessageexpr) { | 
| Anders Carlsson | fb31176 | 2009-03-14 00:25:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3387 |   Expr *AssertExpr = (Expr *)assertexpr.get(); | 
 | 3388 |   StringLiteral *AssertMessage =  | 
 | 3389 |     cast<StringLiteral>((Expr *)assertmessageexpr.get()); | 
 | 3390 |  | 
| Anders Carlsson | c308241 | 2009-03-14 00:33:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3391 |   if (!AssertExpr->isTypeDependent() && !AssertExpr->isValueDependent()) { | 
 | 3392 |     llvm::APSInt Value(32); | 
 | 3393 |     if (!AssertExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(Value, Context)) { | 
 | 3394 |       Diag(AssertLoc, diag::err_static_assert_expression_is_not_constant) << | 
 | 3395 |         AssertExpr->getSourceRange(); | 
| Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3396 |       return DeclPtrTy(); | 
| Anders Carlsson | c308241 | 2009-03-14 00:33:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3397 |     } | 
| Anders Carlsson | fb31176 | 2009-03-14 00:25:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3398 |  | 
| Anders Carlsson | c308241 | 2009-03-14 00:33:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3399 |     if (Value == 0) { | 
 | 3400 |       std::string str(AssertMessage->getStrData(),  | 
 | 3401 |                       AssertMessage->getByteLength()); | 
| Anders Carlsson | 94b15fb | 2009-03-15 18:44:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3402 |       Diag(AssertLoc, diag::err_static_assert_failed)  | 
 | 3403 |         << str << AssertExpr->getSourceRange(); | 
| Anders Carlsson | c308241 | 2009-03-14 00:33:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3404 |     } | 
 | 3405 |   } | 
 | 3406 |    | 
| Anders Carlsson | 77d8142 | 2009-03-15 17:35:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3407 |   assertexpr.release(); | 
 | 3408 |   assertmessageexpr.release(); | 
| Anders Carlsson | fb31176 | 2009-03-14 00:25:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3409 |   Decl *Decl = StaticAssertDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, AssertLoc,  | 
 | 3410 |                                         AssertExpr, AssertMessage); | 
| Anders Carlsson | fb31176 | 2009-03-14 00:25:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3411 |    | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 17945a0 | 2009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3412 |   CurContext->addDecl(Decl); | 
| Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3413 |   return DeclPtrTy::make(Decl); | 
| Anders Carlsson | fb31176 | 2009-03-14 00:25:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3414 | } | 
| Sebastian Redl | 50de12f | 2009-03-24 22:27:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3415 |  | 
| John McCall | 67d1a67 | 2009-08-06 02:15:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3416 | Sema::DeclPtrTy Sema::ActOnFriendDecl(Scope *S, | 
| John McCall | 3f9a8a6 | 2009-08-11 06:59:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3417 |                        llvm::PointerUnion<const DeclSpec*,Declarator*> DU, | 
 | 3418 |                                       bool IsDefinition) { | 
| John McCall | 67d1a67 | 2009-08-06 02:15:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3419 |   Declarator *D = DU.dyn_cast<Declarator*>(); | 
 | 3420 |   const DeclSpec &DS = (D ? D->getDeclSpec() : *DU.get<const DeclSpec*>()); | 
 | 3421 |  | 
 | 3422 |   assert(DS.isFriendSpecified()); | 
 | 3423 |   assert(DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified); | 
 | 3424 |  | 
 | 3425 |   // If there's no declarator, then this can only be a friend class | 
| John McCall | c48fbdf | 2009-08-11 21:13:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3426 |   // declaration (or else it's just syntactically invalid). | 
| John McCall | 67d1a67 | 2009-08-06 02:15:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3427 |   if (!D) { | 
| John McCall | c48fbdf | 2009-08-11 21:13:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3428 |     SourceLocation Loc = DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(); | 
| John McCall | 67d1a67 | 2009-08-06 02:15:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3429 |  | 
| John McCall | c48fbdf | 2009-08-11 21:13:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3430 |     QualType T; | 
 | 3431 |     DeclContext *DC; | 
| John McCall | 67d1a67 | 2009-08-06 02:15:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3432 |  | 
| John McCall | c48fbdf | 2009-08-11 21:13:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3433 |     // In C++0x, we just accept any old type. | 
 | 3434 |     if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x) { | 
 | 3435 |       bool invalid = false; | 
 | 3436 |       QualType T = ConvertDeclSpecToType(DS, Loc, invalid); | 
 | 3437 |       if (invalid) | 
 | 3438 |         return DeclPtrTy(); | 
| John McCall | 67d1a67 | 2009-08-06 02:15:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3439 |  | 
| John McCall | c48fbdf | 2009-08-11 21:13:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3440 |       // The semantic context in which to create the decl.  If it's not | 
 | 3441 |       // a record decl (or we don't yet know if it is), create it in the | 
 | 3442 |       // current context. | 
 | 3443 |       DC = CurContext; | 
 | 3444 |       if (const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>()) | 
 | 3445 |         DC = RT->getDecl()->getDeclContext(); | 
 | 3446 |  | 
 | 3447 |     // The C++98 rules are somewhat more complex. | 
 | 3448 |     } else { | 
 | 3449 |       // C++ [class.friend]p2: | 
 | 3450 |       //   An elaborated-type-specifier shall be used in a friend declaration | 
 | 3451 |       //   for a class.* | 
 | 3452 |       //   * The class-key of the elaborated-type-specifier is required. | 
 | 3453 |       CXXRecordDecl *RD = 0; | 
 | 3454 |      | 
 | 3455 |       switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) { | 
 | 3456 |       case DeclSpec::TST_class: | 
 | 3457 |       case DeclSpec::TST_struct: | 
 | 3458 |       case DeclSpec::TST_union: | 
 | 3459 |         RD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>((Decl*) DS.getTypeRep()); | 
 | 3460 |         if (!RD) return DeclPtrTy(); | 
 | 3461 |         break; | 
 | 3462 |          | 
 | 3463 |       case DeclSpec::TST_typename: | 
 | 3464 |         if (const RecordType *RT =  | 
 | 3465 |             ((const Type*) DS.getTypeRep())->getAs<RecordType>()) | 
 | 3466 |           RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); | 
 | 3467 |         // fallthrough | 
 | 3468 |       default: | 
 | 3469 |         if (RD) { | 
 | 3470 |           Diag(DS.getFriendSpecLoc(), diag::err_unelaborated_friend_type) | 
 | 3471 |             << (RD->isUnion()) | 
 | 3472 |             << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc(), | 
 | 3473 |                                          RD->isUnion() ? " union" : " class"); | 
 | 3474 |           return DeclPtrTy::make(RD); | 
 | 3475 |         } | 
 | 3476 |  | 
 | 3477 |         Diag(DS.getFriendSpecLoc(), diag::err_unexpected_friend) | 
 | 3478 |           << DS.getSourceRange(); | 
 | 3479 |         return DeclPtrTy(); | 
| John McCall | 67d1a67 | 2009-08-06 02:15:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3480 |       } | 
 | 3481 |  | 
| John McCall | c48fbdf | 2009-08-11 21:13:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3482 |       // The record declaration we get from friend declarations is not | 
 | 3483 |       // canonicalized; see ActOnTag. | 
| John McCall | c48fbdf | 2009-08-11 21:13:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3484 |  | 
 | 3485 |       // C++ [class.friend]p2: A class shall not be defined inside | 
 | 3486 |       //   a friend declaration. | 
 | 3487 |       if (RD->isDefinition()) | 
 | 3488 |         Diag(DS.getFriendSpecLoc(), diag::err_friend_decl_defines_class) | 
 | 3489 |           << RD->getSourceRange(); | 
 | 3490 |  | 
 | 3491 |       // C++98 [class.friend]p1: A friend of a class is a function | 
 | 3492 |       //   or class that is not a member of the class . . . | 
 | 3493 |       // But that's a silly restriction which nobody implements for | 
 | 3494 |       // inner classes, and C++0x removes it anyway, so we only report | 
 | 3495 |       // this (as a warning) if we're being pedantic. | 
 | 3496 |       //  | 
 | 3497 |       // Also, definitions currently get treated in a way that causes | 
 | 3498 |       // this error, so only report it if we didn't see a definition. | 
 | 3499 |       else if (RD->getDeclContext() == CurContext && | 
 | 3500 |                !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x) | 
 | 3501 |         Diag(DS.getFriendSpecLoc(), diag::ext_friend_inner_class); | 
 | 3502 |        | 
 | 3503 |       T = QualType(RD->getTypeForDecl(), 0); | 
 | 3504 |       DC = RD->getDeclContext(); | 
| John McCall | 67d1a67 | 2009-08-06 02:15:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3505 |     } | 
 | 3506 |  | 
| John McCall | c48fbdf | 2009-08-11 21:13:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3507 |     FriendClassDecl *FCD = FriendClassDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, T, | 
 | 3508 |                                                    DS.getFriendSpecLoc()); | 
 | 3509 |     FCD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); | 
| John McCall | 67d1a67 | 2009-08-06 02:15:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3510 |  | 
| John McCall | c48fbdf | 2009-08-11 21:13:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3511 |     if (CurContext->isDependentContext()) | 
 | 3512 |       CurContext->addHiddenDecl(FCD); | 
 | 3513 |     else | 
 | 3514 |       CurContext->addDecl(FCD); | 
| John McCall | 67d1a67 | 2009-08-06 02:15:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3515 |  | 
| John McCall | c48fbdf | 2009-08-11 21:13:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3516 |     return DeclPtrTy::make(FCD); | 
| Anders Carlsson | 0033836 | 2009-05-11 22:55:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3517 |   } | 
| John McCall | 67d1a67 | 2009-08-06 02:15:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3518 |  | 
 | 3519 |   // We have a declarator. | 
 | 3520 |   assert(D); | 
 | 3521 |  | 
 | 3522 |   SourceLocation Loc = D->getIdentifierLoc(); | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | a1d5662 | 2009-08-19 01:27:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3523 |   DeclaratorInfo *DInfo = 0; | 
 | 3524 |   QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(*D, S, &DInfo); | 
| John McCall | 67d1a67 | 2009-08-06 02:15:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3525 |  | 
 | 3526 |   // C++ [class.friend]p1 | 
 | 3527 |   //   A friend of a class is a function or class.... | 
 | 3528 |   // Note that this sees through typedefs, which is intended. | 
 | 3529 |   if (!T->isFunctionType()) { | 
 | 3530 |     Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_friend); | 
 | 3531 |  | 
 | 3532 |     // It might be worthwhile to try to recover by creating an | 
 | 3533 |     // appropriate declaration. | 
 | 3534 |     return DeclPtrTy(); | 
 | 3535 |   } | 
 | 3536 |  | 
 | 3537 |   // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3 | 
 | 3538 |   //  - If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a | 
 | 3539 |   //    class or function, the friend class or function is a member | 
 | 3540 |   //    of the innermost enclosing namespace. | 
 | 3541 |   //  - The name of the friend is not found by simple name lookup | 
 | 3542 |   //    until a matching declaration is provided in that namespace | 
 | 3543 |   //    scope (either before or after the class declaration granting | 
 | 3544 |   //    friendship). | 
 | 3545 |   //  - If a friend function is called, its name may be found by the | 
 | 3546 |   //    name lookup that considers functions from namespaces and | 
 | 3547 |   //    classes associated with the types of the function arguments. | 
 | 3548 |   //  - When looking for a prior declaration of a class or a function | 
 | 3549 |   //    declared as a friend, scopes outside the innermost enclosing | 
 | 3550 |   //    namespace scope are not considered. | 
 | 3551 |  | 
 | 3552 |   CXXScopeSpec &ScopeQual = D->getCXXScopeSpec(); | 
 | 3553 |   DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(*D); | 
 | 3554 |   assert(Name); | 
 | 3555 |  | 
 | 3556 |   // The existing declaration we found. | 
 | 3557 |   FunctionDecl *FD = NULL; | 
 | 3558 |  | 
 | 3559 |   // The context we found the declaration in, or in which we should | 
 | 3560 |   // create the declaration. | 
 | 3561 |   DeclContext *DC; | 
 | 3562 |  | 
 | 3563 |   // FIXME: handle local classes | 
 | 3564 |  | 
 | 3565 |   // Recover from invalid scope qualifiers as if they just weren't there. | 
 | 3566 |   if (!ScopeQual.isInvalid() && ScopeQual.isSet()) { | 
 | 3567 |     DC = computeDeclContext(ScopeQual); | 
 | 3568 |  | 
 | 3569 |     // FIXME: handle dependent contexts | 
 | 3570 |     if (!DC) return DeclPtrTy(); | 
 | 3571 |  | 
 | 3572 |     Decl *Dec = LookupQualifiedNameWithType(DC, Name, T); | 
 | 3573 |  | 
 | 3574 |     // If searching in that context implicitly found a declaration in | 
 | 3575 |     // a different context, treat it like it wasn't found at all. | 
 | 3576 |     // TODO: better diagnostics for this case.  Suggesting the right | 
 | 3577 |     // qualified scope would be nice... | 
 | 3578 |     if (!Dec || Dec->getDeclContext() != DC) { | 
 | 3579 |       D->setInvalidType(); | 
 | 3580 |       Diag(Loc, diag::err_qualified_friend_not_found) << Name << T; | 
 | 3581 |       return DeclPtrTy(); | 
 | 3582 |     } | 
 | 3583 |  | 
 | 3584 |     // C++ [class.friend]p1: A friend of a class is a function or | 
 | 3585 |     //   class that is not a member of the class . . . | 
 | 3586 |     if (DC == CurContext) | 
 | 3587 |       Diag(DS.getFriendSpecLoc(), diag::err_friend_is_member); | 
 | 3588 |  | 
 | 3589 |     FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(Dec); | 
 | 3590 |  | 
 | 3591 |   // Otherwise walk out to the nearest namespace scope looking for matches. | 
 | 3592 |   } else { | 
 | 3593 |     // TODO: handle local class contexts. | 
 | 3594 |  | 
 | 3595 |     DC = CurContext; | 
 | 3596 |     while (true) { | 
 | 3597 |       // Skip class contexts.  If someone can cite chapter and verse | 
 | 3598 |       // for this behavior, that would be nice --- it's what GCC and | 
 | 3599 |       // EDG do, and it seems like a reasonable intent, but the spec | 
 | 3600 |       // really only says that checks for unqualified existing | 
 | 3601 |       // declarations should stop at the nearest enclosing namespace, | 
 | 3602 |       // not that they should only consider the nearest enclosing | 
 | 3603 |       // namespace. | 
 | 3604 |       while (DC->isRecord()) DC = DC->getParent(); | 
 | 3605 |  | 
 | 3606 |       Decl *Dec = LookupQualifiedNameWithType(DC, Name, T); | 
 | 3607 |  | 
 | 3608 |       // TODO: decide what we think about using declarations. | 
 | 3609 |       if (Dec) { | 
 | 3610 |         FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(Dec); | 
 | 3611 |         break; | 
 | 3612 |       } | 
 | 3613 |       if (DC->isFileContext()) break; | 
 | 3614 |       DC = DC->getParent(); | 
 | 3615 |     } | 
 | 3616 |  | 
 | 3617 |     // C++ [class.friend]p1: A friend of a class is a function or | 
 | 3618 |     //   class that is not a member of the class . . . | 
| John McCall | 7f27d92 | 2009-08-06 20:49:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3619 |     // C++0x changes this for both friend types and functions. | 
 | 3620 |     // Most C++ 98 compilers do seem to give an error here, so | 
 | 3621 |     // we do, too. | 
 | 3622 |     if (FD && DC == CurContext && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x) | 
| John McCall | 67d1a67 | 2009-08-06 02:15:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3623 |       Diag(DS.getFriendSpecLoc(), diag::err_friend_is_member); | 
 | 3624 |   } | 
 | 3625 |  | 
| John McCall | 3f9a8a6 | 2009-08-11 06:59:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3626 |   bool Redeclaration = (FD != 0); | 
 | 3627 |  | 
 | 3628 |   // If we found a match, create a friend function declaration with | 
 | 3629 |   // that function as the previous declaration. | 
 | 3630 |   if (Redeclaration) { | 
 | 3631 |     // Create it in the semantic context of the original declaration. | 
 | 3632 |     DC = FD->getDeclContext(); | 
 | 3633 |  | 
| John McCall | 67d1a67 | 2009-08-06 02:15:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3634 |   // If we didn't find something matching the type exactly, create | 
 | 3635 |   // a declaration.  This declaration should only be findable via | 
 | 3636 |   // argument-dependent lookup. | 
| John McCall | 3f9a8a6 | 2009-08-11 06:59:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3637 |   } else { | 
| John McCall | 67d1a67 | 2009-08-06 02:15:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3638 |     assert(DC->isFileContext()); | 
 | 3639 |  | 
 | 3640 |     // This implies that it has to be an operator or function. | 
 | 3641 |     if (D->getKind() == Declarator::DK_Constructor || | 
 | 3642 |         D->getKind() == Declarator::DK_Destructor || | 
 | 3643 |         D->getKind() == Declarator::DK_Conversion) { | 
 | 3644 |       Diag(Loc, diag::err_introducing_special_friend) << | 
 | 3645 |         (D->getKind() == Declarator::DK_Constructor ? 0 : | 
 | 3646 |          D->getKind() == Declarator::DK_Destructor ? 1 : 2); | 
 | 3647 |       return DeclPtrTy(); | 
 | 3648 |     } | 
| John McCall | 67d1a67 | 2009-08-06 02:15:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3649 |   } | 
 | 3650 |  | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | a1d5662 | 2009-08-19 01:27:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3651 |   NamedDecl *ND = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, *D, DC, T, DInfo, | 
| John McCall | 3f9a8a6 | 2009-08-11 06:59:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3652 |                                           /* PrevDecl = */ FD, | 
 | 3653 |                                           MultiTemplateParamsArg(*this), | 
 | 3654 |                                           IsDefinition, | 
 | 3655 |                                           Redeclaration); | 
 | 3656 |   FD = cast_or_null<FriendFunctionDecl>(ND); | 
 | 3657 |  | 
| John McCall | 88232aa | 2009-08-18 00:00:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3658 |   assert(FD->getDeclContext() == DC); | 
 | 3659 |   assert(FD->getLexicalDeclContext() == CurContext); | 
 | 3660 |  | 
| John McCall | 3f9a8a6 | 2009-08-11 06:59:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3661 |   // If this is a dependent context, just add the decl to the | 
 | 3662 |   // class's decl list and don't both with the lookup tables.  This | 
 | 3663 |   // doesn't affect lookup because any call that might find this | 
 | 3664 |   // function via ADL necessarily has to involve dependently-typed | 
 | 3665 |   // arguments and hence can't be resolved until | 
 | 3666 |   // template-instantiation anyway. | 
 | 3667 |   if (CurContext->isDependentContext()) | 
 | 3668 |     CurContext->addHiddenDecl(FD); | 
 | 3669 |   else | 
 | 3670 |     CurContext->addDecl(FD); | 
| John McCall | 67d1a67 | 2009-08-06 02:15:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3671 |  | 
 | 3672 |   return DeclPtrTy::make(FD); | 
| Anders Carlsson | 0033836 | 2009-05-11 22:55:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3673 | } | 
 | 3674 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3675 | void Sema::SetDeclDeleted(DeclPtrTy dcl, SourceLocation DelLoc) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | efd5bda | 2009-08-24 11:57:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3676 |   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(dcl); | 
 | 3677 |    | 
| Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3678 |   Decl *Dcl = dcl.getAs<Decl>(); | 
| Sebastian Redl | 50de12f | 2009-03-24 22:27:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3679 |   FunctionDecl *Fn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Dcl); | 
 | 3680 |   if (!Fn) { | 
 | 3681 |     Diag(DelLoc, diag::err_deleted_non_function); | 
 | 3682 |     return; | 
 | 3683 |   } | 
 | 3684 |   if (const FunctionDecl *Prev = Fn->getPreviousDeclaration()) { | 
 | 3685 |     Diag(DelLoc, diag::err_deleted_decl_not_first); | 
 | 3686 |     Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); | 
 | 3687 |     // If the declaration wasn't the first, we delete the function anyway for | 
 | 3688 |     // recovery. | 
 | 3689 |   } | 
 | 3690 |   Fn->setDeleted(); | 
 | 3691 | } | 
| Sebastian Redl | 13e8854 | 2009-04-27 21:33:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3692 |  | 
 | 3693 | static void SearchForReturnInStmt(Sema &Self, Stmt *S) { | 
 | 3694 |   for (Stmt::child_iterator CI = S->child_begin(), E = S->child_end(); CI != E; | 
 | 3695 |        ++CI) { | 
 | 3696 |     Stmt *SubStmt = *CI; | 
 | 3697 |     if (!SubStmt) | 
 | 3698 |       continue; | 
 | 3699 |     if (isa<ReturnStmt>(SubStmt)) | 
 | 3700 |       Self.Diag(SubStmt->getSourceRange().getBegin(), | 
 | 3701 |            diag::err_return_in_constructor_handler); | 
 | 3702 |     if (!isa<Expr>(SubStmt)) | 
 | 3703 |       SearchForReturnInStmt(Self, SubStmt); | 
 | 3704 |   } | 
 | 3705 | } | 
 | 3706 |  | 
 | 3707 | void Sema::DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(CXXTryStmt *TryBlock) { | 
 | 3708 |   for (unsigned I = 0, E = TryBlock->getNumHandlers(); I != E; ++I) { | 
 | 3709 |     CXXCatchStmt *Handler = TryBlock->getHandler(I); | 
 | 3710 |     SearchForReturnInStmt(*this, Handler); | 
 | 3711 |   } | 
 | 3712 | } | 
| Anders Carlsson | d7ba27d | 2009-05-14 01:09:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3713 |  | 
 | 3714 | bool Sema::CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(const CXXMethodDecl *New,  | 
 | 3715 |                                              const CXXMethodDecl *Old) { | 
 | 3716 |   QualType NewTy = New->getType()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType(); | 
 | 3717 |   QualType OldTy = Old->getType()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType(); | 
 | 3718 |  | 
 | 3719 |   QualType CNewTy = Context.getCanonicalType(NewTy); | 
 | 3720 |   QualType COldTy = Context.getCanonicalType(OldTy); | 
 | 3721 |  | 
 | 3722 |   if (CNewTy == COldTy &&  | 
 | 3723 |       CNewTy.getCVRQualifiers() == COldTy.getCVRQualifiers()) | 
 | 3724 |     return false; | 
 | 3725 |    | 
| Anders Carlsson | c3a68b2 | 2009-05-14 19:52:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3726 |   // Check if the return types are covariant | 
 | 3727 |   QualType NewClassTy, OldClassTy; | 
 | 3728 |    | 
 | 3729 |   /// Both types must be pointers or references to classes. | 
 | 3730 |   if (PointerType *NewPT = dyn_cast<PointerType>(NewTy)) { | 
 | 3731 |     if (PointerType *OldPT = dyn_cast<PointerType>(OldTy)) { | 
 | 3732 |       NewClassTy = NewPT->getPointeeType(); | 
 | 3733 |       OldClassTy = OldPT->getPointeeType(); | 
 | 3734 |     } | 
 | 3735 |   } else if (ReferenceType *NewRT = dyn_cast<ReferenceType>(NewTy)) { | 
 | 3736 |     if (ReferenceType *OldRT = dyn_cast<ReferenceType>(OldTy)) { | 
 | 3737 |       NewClassTy = NewRT->getPointeeType(); | 
 | 3738 |       OldClassTy = OldRT->getPointeeType(); | 
 | 3739 |     } | 
 | 3740 |   } | 
 | 3741 |    | 
 | 3742 |   // The return types aren't either both pointers or references to a class type. | 
 | 3743 |   if (NewClassTy.isNull()) { | 
 | 3744 |     Diag(New->getLocation(),  | 
 | 3745 |          diag::err_different_return_type_for_overriding_virtual_function) | 
 | 3746 |       << New->getDeclName() << NewTy << OldTy; | 
 | 3747 |     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); | 
 | 3748 |      | 
 | 3749 |     return true; | 
 | 3750 |   } | 
| Anders Carlsson | d7ba27d | 2009-05-14 01:09:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3751 |  | 
| Anders Carlsson | c3a68b2 | 2009-05-14 19:52:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3752 |   if (NewClassTy.getUnqualifiedType() != OldClassTy.getUnqualifiedType()) { | 
 | 3753 |     // Check if the new class derives from the old class. | 
 | 3754 |     if (!IsDerivedFrom(NewClassTy, OldClassTy)) { | 
 | 3755 |       Diag(New->getLocation(), | 
 | 3756 |            diag::err_covariant_return_not_derived) | 
 | 3757 |       << New->getDeclName() << NewTy << OldTy; | 
 | 3758 |       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); | 
 | 3759 |       return true; | 
 | 3760 |     } | 
 | 3761 |      | 
 | 3762 |     // Check if we the conversion from derived to base is valid. | 
 | 3763 |     if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(NewClassTy, OldClassTy,  | 
 | 3764 |                       diag::err_covariant_return_inaccessible_base, | 
 | 3765 |                       diag::err_covariant_return_ambiguous_derived_to_base_conv, | 
 | 3766 |                       // FIXME: Should this point to the return type? | 
 | 3767 |                       New->getLocation(), SourceRange(), New->getDeclName())) { | 
 | 3768 |       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); | 
 | 3769 |       return true; | 
 | 3770 |     } | 
 | 3771 |   } | 
 | 3772 |    | 
 | 3773 |   // The qualifiers of the return types must be the same. | 
 | 3774 |   if (CNewTy.getCVRQualifiers() != COldTy.getCVRQualifiers()) { | 
 | 3775 |     Diag(New->getLocation(), | 
 | 3776 |          diag::err_covariant_return_type_different_qualifications) | 
| Anders Carlsson | d7ba27d | 2009-05-14 01:09:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3777 |     << New->getDeclName() << NewTy << OldTy; | 
| Anders Carlsson | c3a68b2 | 2009-05-14 19:52:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3778 |     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); | 
 | 3779 |     return true; | 
 | 3780 |   }; | 
 | 3781 |    | 
 | 3782 |  | 
 | 3783 |   // The new class type must have the same or less qualifiers as the old type. | 
 | 3784 |   if (NewClassTy.isMoreQualifiedThan(OldClassTy)) { | 
 | 3785 |     Diag(New->getLocation(), | 
 | 3786 |          diag::err_covariant_return_type_class_type_more_qualified) | 
 | 3787 |     << New->getDeclName() << NewTy << OldTy; | 
 | 3788 |     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); | 
 | 3789 |     return true; | 
 | 3790 |   }; | 
 | 3791 |    | 
 | 3792 |   return false; | 
| Anders Carlsson | d7ba27d | 2009-05-14 01:09:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3793 | } | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 0ffd9ff | 2009-06-17 22:50:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3794 |  | 
| Sebastian Redl | 23c7d06 | 2009-07-07 20:29:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3795 | bool Sema::CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(const CXXMethodDecl *New, | 
 | 3796 |                                                 const CXXMethodDecl *Old) | 
 | 3797 | { | 
 | 3798 |   return CheckExceptionSpecSubset(diag::err_override_exception_spec, | 
 | 3799 |                                   diag::note_overridden_virtual_function, | 
 | 3800 |                                   Old->getType()->getAsFunctionProtoType(), | 
 | 3801 |                                   Old->getLocation(), | 
 | 3802 |                                   New->getType()->getAsFunctionProtoType(), | 
 | 3803 |                                   New->getLocation()); | 
 | 3804 | } | 
 | 3805 |  | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 0ffd9ff | 2009-06-17 22:50:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3806 | /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer - Invoked when we are about to parse an | 
 | 3807 | /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'. | 
 | 3808 | /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.1p13], if 'Dcl' is a | 
 | 3809 | /// static data member of class X, names should be looked up in the scope of | 
 | 3810 | /// class X. | 
 | 3811 | void Sema::ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer(Scope *S, DeclPtrTy Dcl) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | efd5bda | 2009-08-24 11:57:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3812 |   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(Dcl); | 
 | 3813 |    | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 0ffd9ff | 2009-06-17 22:50:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3814 |   Decl *D = Dcl.getAs<Decl>(); | 
 | 3815 |   // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. | 
 | 3816 |   if (D == 0) | 
 | 3817 |     return; | 
 | 3818 |  | 
 | 3819 |   // Check whether it is a declaration with a nested name specifier like | 
 | 3820 |   // int foo::bar; | 
 | 3821 |   if (!D->isOutOfLine()) | 
 | 3822 |     return; | 
 | 3823 |    | 
 | 3824 |   // C++ [basic.lookup.unqual]p13 | 
 | 3825 |   // | 
 | 3826 |   // A name used in the definition of a static data member of class X | 
 | 3827 |   // (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as if the name | 
 | 3828 |   // was used in a member function of X. | 
 | 3829 |    | 
 | 3830 |   // Change current context into the context of the initializing declaration. | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 1d17553 | 2009-06-17 23:15:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3831 |   EnterDeclaratorContext(S, D->getDeclContext()); | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 0ffd9ff | 2009-06-17 22:50:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3832 | } | 
 | 3833 |  | 
 | 3834 | /// ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer - Invoked after we are finished parsing an | 
 | 3835 | /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'. | 
 | 3836 | void Sema::ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer(Scope *S, DeclPtrTy Dcl) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | efd5bda | 2009-08-24 11:57:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3837 |   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(Dcl); | 
 | 3838 |    | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 0ffd9ff | 2009-06-17 22:50:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3839 |   Decl *D = Dcl.getAs<Decl>(); | 
 | 3840 |   // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. | 
 | 3841 |   if (D == 0) | 
 | 3842 |     return; | 
 | 3843 |  | 
 | 3844 |   // Check whether it is a declaration with a nested name specifier like | 
 | 3845 |   // int foo::bar; | 
 | 3846 |   if (!D->isOutOfLine()) | 
 | 3847 |     return; | 
 | 3848 |  | 
 | 3849 |   assert(S->getEntity() == D->getDeclContext() && "Context imbalance!"); | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 1d17553 | 2009-06-17 23:15:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3850 |   ExitDeclaratorContext(S); | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 0ffd9ff | 2009-06-17 22:50:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3851 | } |